| Index | index by Group | index by Distribution | index by Vendor | index by creation date | index by Name | Mirrors | Help | Search |
| Name: dracut-kiwi-overlay | Distribution: openSUSE Leap 15.2 |
| Version: 9.20.5 | Vendor: openSUSE |
| Release: lp152.5.4.1 | Build date: Thu Jul 30 20:46:51 2020 |
| Group: System/Management | Build host: obs-power8-05 |
| Size: 4754 | Source RPM: python-kiwi-9.20.5-lp152.5.4.1.src.rpm |
| Packager: http://bugs.opensuse.org | |
| Url: https://github.com/SUSE/kiwi | |
| Summary: KIWI - Dracut module for vmx(+overlay) image type | |
This package contains the kiwi-overlay dracut module which is used for booting vmx images built with KIWI and configured to use an overlay root filesystem
GPL-3.0-or-later
* Fri Jun 12 2020 ms@suse.de
- Fixed check for root device in grub config
There is a code path that fixes the grub2-mkconfig used root device
when building in an environment that does not allow to resolve the
by-X path names, e.g an obs build worker without udev. For images
that explicitly defines a root=... value in the kernelcmdline
attribute the root device check was not called because the
_get_root_cmdline_parameter method returns None. This commit fixes
the method to return the expected root device in any case such that
the grub2-mkconfig root device check has a chance to fix what
grub2-mkconfig has created. This fixes bsc#1172928
(cherry picked from commit 0ae7bbe74e2d2dddccddda40db6c2f8a04b53543)
* Thu May 14 2020 ms@suse.de
- Fixed spec file
This patch is two fold. First the py2 version of kiwi was
dropped since py2 is EOL. To indicate that correctly on the
package level python3-kiwi has to obsolete python2-kiwi.
The other part of the change is a file conflict of the
files:
etc/bash_completion.d/kiwi-ng.sh
/usr/share/doc/packages/python-kiwi/README
which were provided by the kiwi-man-pages sub-package but
were moved to be provided by the main python3-kiwi package
now. On update of the package with an older version of
kiwi that maintains this files to belong to kiwi-man-pages
a file conflict at install time appears. To solve this
python3-kiwi now conflicts with kiwi-man-pages < %{version}
This Fixes #1413 and Fixes bsc#1168973 and bsc#1156677
(cherry picked from commit aba2505524850557e03a3f315b05fe58b28bc07d)
* Tue May 12 2020 dcassany@suse.com
- Fix string formatting
After a flake8 upgrade to v3.8.0 these changes were required to pass
the `tox -e check` validation.
(cherry picked from commit 7e43b86cd9e56de48a63943f671cd047dede7521)
* Fri Apr 17 2020 ms@suse.de
- Fixed _get_grub2_mkconfig_tool
Last patch on this method breaks the search for alternative
mkconfig names. It returns always on the first lookup which
could be none. This breaks on systems that uses a different
name than grub2-mkconfig, like on Ubuntu.
* Thu Apr 16 2020 ms@suse.de
- Increase spare space on disk repart
The sizing of the virtual cylinders in parted seems to be unfavorable,
as with some disks and SD cards here the device size is not a multiple
of the cylinder size, so the last incomplete cylinder is wasted.
If this wasted space is more than 5MiB, kiwi tries to resize indefinitely.
Therefore min_additional_mbytes gets increased to prevent running
into this situation. This Fixes bsc#1165823
* Thu Apr 16 2020 ms@suse.de
- Fixed return value from _get_grub2_mkconfig_tool
The method returned the basename of the tool if it could
be found by Path.which(). But the method's scope has been
changed in a way that the return value of the method must
be the result from Path.which() to allow working on the
full path name.
* Wed Apr 15 2020 dcassany@suse.com
- Make CommandCapabilities.check_version take the longest match
This commit ensures that when trying to parse the version of a tool
the comparison is done with the longest match for the given regular
expression. This solves cases such in `grub2` where the tool name
already provides some digit that could be seen as a version.
* Wed Apr 15 2020 ms@suse.de
- Fixed check for grub mkconfig capabilities
The check for the capabilities of the tool were applied to
the tool installed on the host but the later call of the
tool will be done with the tool inside the image root
* Wed Apr 15 2020 ms@suse.de
- Validate use of GRUB_USE_LINUXEFI
On systems that uses GRUB_USE_LINUXEFI with grub2 version
less than 2.04 there is no support for dynamic EFI
environment checking. In this condition we extend the grub
setup to add this support. The change kiwi does is as
follows:
* Apply only on grub < 2.04
1. Modify 10_linux to set linux/initrd as variables
2. Write hybrid setup as 01_efihybrid
This Fixes bsc#1165960 and bsc#1168480
* Mon Mar 30 2020 dcassany@suse.com
- Bump version up to 9.20.5
This version upgrade includes several fixes:
* Fixed result map for OEM pxe install
Fixes bsc#1165578
* Add SECURE_BOOT parameter for grub2 in efi mode
This commit adds the SECURE_BOOT parameter on bootloader sysconfig
for grub2.
Fixes bsc#1167746
* Fix order in fstab
Any mount point directly under / should be just right after the root
mountpoint and before the custom mountpoints based on user's subvolume
configuration.
Fixes #1349 and bsc#1164310
* Fixed handling of fillup templates
Systems using a template tool to generate config files
might not be effective when they see the intermediate
config files we need from the host to let certain package
managers work correctly. Therefore the cleanup code in
kiwi takes care to restore from an optionally existing
template file if no other custom variant is present.
This Fixes bsc#1163978
* Start using tftp system user package
With this commit we start requiring tftp system user package. This
user was created and managed by multiple packages before, with the
risk of having inconsistent criteria on its defaults. Now there there
a system user package so whatever package that requries this user should
just require this package and do not create or modify the tftp user.
Related with bsc#1143454
* Thu Dec 19 2019 dcassany@suse.com
- Bump version: 9.19.7 → 9.19.8
* Thu Dec 19 2019 dcassany@suse.com
- Update libyui-ncurses-pkg10 to libyui-ncurses-pkg11
In Tumbleweed there is no longer the libyui-ncurses-pkg10 its been
superseded by libyui-ncurses-pkg11.
This fixes the test-image-qcow-openstack integration test
* Thu Dec 19 2019 dcassany@suse.com
- Reference commit for SUSE maintenance
This commit adds a reference to Issue #1301 and the report in bugzilla
bsc#1159538. The issue was fixed in commit 7d96d19c
* Wed Dec 18 2019 dcassany@suse.com
- Fix grub2 configuration for shim fallback setup
If shim fallback setup is enabled the grub.cfg is copied to the EFI
partition. This commit makes sure that the grub.cfg is copied to the EFI
partition according to the efi mount point.
Fixes bsc#1159235
* Tue Dec 17 2019 dcassany@suse.com
- Ensure no swap volume is added on btrfs
When the selected filesystem is btrfs the volume manager is not LVM.
In that case the swap partition is not volume, it is a completely
independent partition. So that we cannot add and additional volume
for swap when swap is specified in the description file.
This patch fixes #1301 and fulfills #1297
* Thu Dec 12 2019 ms@suse.de
- Fixed installation chapter in the documentation
The chapter still outlines multipython support but we
dropped support for python2 some time ago
* Sun Dec 08 2019 ms@suse.de
- Bump version: 9.19.6 → 9.19.7
* Sun Dec 08 2019 ms@suse.de
- Fixed swap setup if btrfs is used
In case of a volume manager the simplified variant of the
device name is used in the fstab file to reference the
swap device. However this is only correct for the lvm
volume management but not for btrfs. In case of btrfs
the swap space is not a subvolume but a real partition
and thus the simplified device spec in fstab puts in the
loop mapped device which is wrong. This patch fixes it
and is related to bsc#1156908
* Thu Dec 05 2019 dcassany@suse.com
- Bump version: 9.18.16 → 9.19.6
This version includes several fixes:
* Fixed setup of default grub config
In /etc/default/grub GRUB_CMDLINE_LINUX_DEFAULT also contained
the root= information. If grub2-mkconfig runs with that information
it places the root device information twice because grub2-mkconfig
resolves this information itself. This commit prevents the root=
information to be placed in the default grub config and
Fixes bsc#1156908
* Include grub.cfg inside the efi partition
This commit ensures the grub.cfg file is included within the vfat efi
partition.
This fixes #1271 and bsc#1157354
* Reference commit for SUSE maintenance
This commit adds a reference to Issue #1261 and the
report in bugzilla bsc#1157104
* Fixed zipl bootloader setup for s390 images
The preparation to call zipl and the call itself were wrong.
For whatever reason the kernel image the initrd are moved
to another location prior to calling zipl. That move broke
the system because no kernel/initrd existed at the expected
place anymore. In addition the zipl call itself was issued
from a the wrong directory. Also no config file was written
as an after effect of the refactoring in Issue #1194. This
Fixes #1173 and bsc#1156694
* Ensure grub.cfg is copied in EFI/BOOT folder
This commit fixes the live images in efi mode. Grub configuration file
is copied to the correct location in <boot_dir>/EFI/BOOT.
Fixes bsc#1155815
* Fix the sha256 generated file content
This commit makes sure the generated sha256 file in a 'kiwi result
bundle' call includes the filename with the correct extension. For
compressed files it was omiting the suffix that included during the
compression.
Fixes #1223 and related to bsc#1139915
* Wed Oct 02 2019 ms@suse.de
- Fixed rpmdb compat link setup
On older versions of zypper the path /var/lib/rpm was hardcoded
and not used from the rpm macro definition. For such systems and
to support them properly on hosts that have the rpm database
already moved a compat link was created. However if the host has
the rpm database at /var/lib/rpm the link doesn't make sense.
This patch fixes this and therefore bsc#1150190
* Fri Sep 06 2019 dcassany@suse.de
- Bump version up to 9.18.16
This version upgrade includes several fixes:
* Add --add-bootstrap-packages option (bsc#1149686)
The prepare and build commands now allows to specify additional packages to
be installed as part of the early bootstrap phase This Fixes #1151
* Avoid default installation of dracut kiwi modules
With this commit dracut modules won't be installed by default in the initrd
unless they are requested by the commandline calling dracut or by a dracut
configuration file.
Fixes bsc#1142899 bsc#1136444 Fixes #1103
* Add support for custom fstab script extension
In addition to fstab append and patch features we also allow an
fstab.script file that is called chrooted. The change is needed to support
overlay mounting of filesystems as part of the initrd. If system
filesystems needs to be changed in a way that they can be used in an
overlay mount, the standard mount entry has to take the x-initrd.mount
capability which requires a modification of the fstab which is cumbersome
to handle as a patch file. This concept is currently used as part of the
MicroOS project in SUSE and is applied in the integration test build
maintained for this target. This Fixes bsc#1129566
* Add crypt dependency to kiwi-lib dracut module
This commit fixes the dependencies of the kiwi-lib dracut module to include
crypt module required by kiwi-luks-lib.sh.
In addition it also updates the check() section to return 255 instead of 0.
In check section a return code of 0 means install it, 255 install only if
required by another module, anything else, do not install.
Related with bsc#1142899
* 99-kiwi-lib requires rmdir, install it
Fixes bsc#1143033
* Do not crash on missing HOME
Fixes bsc#1149686
* Extend spare partition setup
The spare partition could be used to introduce one additional partition
table entry. With this patch the following new type attributes will be
added:
* spare_part_fs="fsname"
* spare_part_mountpoint="/location"
* spare_part_is_last="true|false"
Along with the setup of the partition size the filesystem and its
mountpoint can be specified. If set the contents of the rootfs at the
specified spare location will be synced to that partition. The
spare_part_is_last attribute will place the spare partition at the end of
the disk. Note this attribute is only available for the simple vmx disk
type. This is related to bsc#1129566
* Preserve licenses/other txt files by baseStripFirmware (bsc#1132455) (Fixes #1063)
LICENSES are usually not large and should be kept alongside of the
binaries. Also some firmware files sideload additional txt files (like for
example brcmfmac43430 needs the sdio description txt files). We should just
always include them because they're not listed as needed files.
Co-Authored-By: Dan Čermák <dcermak@suse.com>
* Delete check_grub_efi_installed_for_efi_firmware
The motivation is nice to check if the required grub module package is part
of the package list if the efi firmware is requested, but as long as there
is no distribution wide standard for packaging grub this check will cause
more trouble than it is of help. Currently it failed for the arm
architecture and the grub2-arm64-efi package. We decided to prevent
checking against static lists and dropped this runtime check. Missing grub
modules will be recognized at the grub stage when we search for them.
Fixes bsc#1149686
* Support optional fstab.patch file
In addition to the support for fstab.append, users can now also provide a
patch file to change the contents of the fstab file as it got written by
kiwi. The feature is probably rarely used but needed in the area of suse's
transactional update mechanism. This Fixes bsc#1129566 and Fixes #945
* Write sha256sum --check compatible shasum format
Change the output format of the bundler shasum file to be compatible with a
'sha256sum --check' call. This fixes bsc#1127173
* Fixed import of signing keys
In reference to bsc#1112357 it was required to add the compat symlink
/var/lib/rpm such that zypper can read the signing keys. Unfortunately
zypper does not use the configured rpmdb from the rpm macro setup.
* Fix location of grub unicode font
This is a follow up patch for #f5bac4495d34. The change of the location of
the font file was not applied if an iso target, live or install image is
being built. This patch completes the change and Fixes bsc#1124885
* Handle location of the rpm DB on the macro level
The location of the rpm database is no longer a standard path one can
trust. Some distributions put it to /var/lib others to /usr/lib. This
introduces the problem of dealing with different locations between the
bootstrapping (host rpm) phase and the image installation (image rpm)
phase.
This commit implements a solution based on an intermediate rpm database
configuration. KIWI creates the macros.kiwi file inside of the image root
which is read by any call of rpm in the inner and outer system. During
bootstrap phase the rpm dbpath from the host system is used and later in
the install phase the dbpath from the rpm package as it was installed by
the target image distribution is used. In case of a dbpath difference the
database is automatically moved to the new location by setting the
_dbpath_rebuild macro to the correct location. At the end the custom KIWI
macro is deleted.
As this process allows custom macro defintions during the KIWI run it also
serves as the base for a solution to Issue #771 which will be done in a
follow up request to this commit.
Also the workaround for bsc#1112357 which uses a static dbpath to store an
optionally given signing key will be addressed with this commit. The macro
setup happens before the import_trusted_keys method which makes any
specification for a strict dbpath obsolete.
Last the implementation deletes the obsolete dump_reload_package_database
code. rpm is able to automatically do the conversion of different db
versions such that the code in kiwi is obsolete. In addition that code only
worked for rather old db versions. The public API has not changed though,
but the method is marked obsolete and does nothing anymore.
In addition to the deletion of obsolete code a new API method
post_process_install_requests_bootstrap has been introduced to handle
actions required after bootstrap and before installing of packages from
inside the new image
* Mon Aug 05 2019 dcassany@suse.com
- Bump version: 9.17.15 → 9.17.16
* Mon Aug 05 2019 dcassany@suse.com
- Do not create a new machine-id file
This commit ensures KIWI is not creating a new machine-id empty file
in case it was not provided during the system installation.
Fixes bsc#1141168
(cherry picked from commit afd9b3019ae37980524554452e113d544e9676aa)
* Mon Aug 05 2019 ms@suse.de
- Update documentation references
The kiwi project has been moved into its own upstream
organisation named OSInside. Due to the move some doc
and README references needs to be adapted
(cherry picked from commit d09ccc520633c03d5393039ccbc4989779f803d0)
* Mon Aug 05 2019 dcermak@suse.com
- Extend the development documentation
Co-Authored-By: Thomas Schraitle <tom_schr@web.de>
(cherry picked from commit 5ba515236d817bfe50200abe5fdaa8a3ac8e6dc4)
* Mon Aug 05 2019 dcermak@suse.com
- Add GitLab CI pipeline badge to README.rst
(cherry picked from commit af773d67b9e9ca18a851893b1604c2fa866e7bee)
* Mon Aug 05 2019 ms@suse.de
- Fixed permanent redirect links in documentation
(cherry picked from commit 921fa17f4fe7415e4e5e21a8636c72e7d76dc1d3)
* Mon Aug 05 2019 dcermak@suse.com
- Add GitLab CI pipeline status to README.rst
(cherry picked from commit 0681fb4d7335c1b496a62663fae4b56876ffdc8e)
* Mon Aug 05 2019 dcermak@suse.com
- Extend quickstart to be more viable as a stand-alone document
(cherry picked from commit fe7c7f59bdf6d1970550a28fff479233e95b85d1)
* Mon Aug 05 2019 dcermak@suse.com
- Add pytest-xdist to dev-virtualenv to run the unit tests in parallel
- fix CLI args not being passed to pytest by tox for unit_py3_4 and unit_py3_6
- enable parallel run on travis
- document how to run the unit tests in parallel
(cherry picked from commit 0fbc2c5ff950cb1857fe7b45e66983272bf1fc4d)
* Wed Jul 10 2019 ms@suse.de
- Update documentation
The kiwi-descriptions repository has been moved into the
OSInside organisation
(cherry picked from commit 70bc4fdda17bab4d6760c708ac5b8c2d77139466)
* Fri Apr 05 2019 ms@suse.de
- Bump version: 9.17.14 → 9.17.15
* Mon Apr 01 2019 ms@suse.de
- Update compression flag for qcow2 format
In case of a qcow2 format we store the result uncompressed
Since the format conversion only takes the real bytes into
account such that the sparseness of the raw disk will not
result in the output format and can be taken one by one
This Fixes bsc#1128146
In addition the commit includes a refactoring for the
evaluation of the compress flag in the runtime config.
Instead of the global overwrite, the flag gets evaluated
individually at the time the result metadata is created
* Wed Feb 27 2019 ms@suse.de
- Bump version: 9.17.13 → 9.17.14
* Thu Feb 21 2019 ms@suse.de
- Fixed disk detection from root device
The method lookup_disk_device_from_root assigns the disk device
matching the root device uuid. However in a multipath environment
multiple disk devices matches the same root device. The code to
assign the multipath map in this case was missing in the dracut
code base. This Fixes #954 and Fixes bsc#1126283 and bsc#1126318
* Thu Jan 31 2019 ms@suse.de
- Fixup code issues reported by new flake8 version
Travis has updated the flake8 version which caused more
strict issue reports on the code. This commit fixes the
new issues reported by flake8
* Thu Jan 31 2019 ms@suse.de
- Changed default value for bundler compression
If no compression is configured in the kiwi config file
the default was set to: False. However this lead to big
trouble on the obs side for images which has fixed
storage disk sizes configured, e.g Azure images which
requests 30G disk size per instance. Thus the default
for the bundler compression has changed to be: True
* Tue Jan 29 2019 ms@suse.de
- Bump version: 9.16.19 → 9.17.13
This version upgrade contains fixes for:
* Support alternative EFI and grub modules paths
In SUSE products EFI binaries are historically located in
/usr/lib*/efi. In a recent move to package grub2 as noarch
fate#326960, a collision between x86_64 and aarch64 has been
identified, as both place platform-specific files in the same
spot. To rectify this, a new location was devised:
/usr/share/efi/$(uname -m). At the same time /usr/lib/grub2 will
move to /usr/share/grub2. This Fixes #924
* Fixed Xen guest detection
We only support Xen setup e.g in the Amazon Cloud for the
x86_64 architecture. This Fixes bsc#1123186 and bsc#1123185
* Fixed location of grub unicode font file
grub2 is expecting the unicode font below the fonts
directory in the /boot/grub*/ depending on how the
distribution installs grub2. This Fixes bsc#1119416
* Add Codec utils for bytes literals decoding
In case of a literal decoding failure it tries to decode
the result in utf-8. This is handy in python2 environments where
python and the host might be using different charset configurations.
In python3 this issue seams to be solved.
Fixes #829 and bsc#1110871
* Fixed URI handling with token query option
So far only the query format ?credentials=... was supported.
In case of ?random_token_data the returned uri was truncated
and also the format check on the query caused a python trace.
This Fixes #830 and Fixes #828 and bsc#1110869 and bsc#1108508
* Tue Dec 18 2018 dcassany@suse.de
- Fix disk size calculation for VMX
Disk size calculation must take into account the empty volumes that
are to be mounted in a directory that does not exist in the root tree
otherwise there is KeyError. The result of
storate/setup._calculate_volume_mbytes must be a dict including all
defined volumes.
Fixes #904
* Tue Dec 18 2018 dcassany@suse.de
- Bump version: 9.16.18 → 9.16.19
* Tue Dec 18 2018 ms@suse.de
- rebuild auto generated code with stable generateDS
For some reason the xml_parse code generated by generateDS v2.29.24
caused warnings on simple type XSD patterns. Therefore I rebuild
the code with the stable build version v2.29.14 which fixed that
issue
Fixes bsc#1119792
* Tue Oct 30 2018 dcassany@suse.de
- Update flake8 call in tox.ini
This commit ignores some issues in the code style reported by recent
flake8. A flake8 update on the CI raised new issues also for the
branches in maintenance mode. In those cases, just to minimize changes
and backports, new issues are just ignored.
* Mon Oct 08 2018 dcassany@suse.de
- Add Codec utils for bytes literals decoding
In case of a literal decoding failure it tries to decode
the result in utf-8. This is handy in python2 environments where
python and the host might be using different charset configurations.
In python3 this issue seams to be solved.
Fixes #829 and bsc#1110871
* Mon Oct 08 2018 dcassany@suse.de
- Make use of the quiet flag of mountpoint command
This commit sets the use of -q flag of mountpoint. Kiwi only
checks the return code, thus any stdout is useless in this case.
Fixes #829
* Mon Oct 08 2018 ms@suse.de
- Adding bugfix trace for bsc#1110869
bsc#1108508 ticket was fixed with request #831
from SUSE/fix_uri_handler
* Fri Oct 05 2018 ms@suse.de
- Fixed URI handling with token query option
So far only the query format ?credentials=... was supported.
In case of ?random_token_data the returned uri was truncated
and also the format check on the query caused a python trace.
This Fixes #830 and Fixes #828
* Sat Sep 29 2018 ms@suse.de
- Fixed broken link to ec2uploadimg tool
* Thu Sep 27 2018 ms@suse.de
- Bugzilla reference commit
This commit references the fix from commit:6b9e321048602945214
with the bug id bsc#1109882 in bugzilla.
* Thu Sep 27 2018 ms@suse.de
- Disable version tagging in maintenance branch
* Thu Sep 27 2018 ms@suse.de
- Disable deploy stage in Travis
* Wed Sep 26 2018 ms@suse.de
- Bump version: 9.16.17 → 9.16.18
* Wed Sep 26 2018 dcassany@suse.de
- Create parent qgroup when snapper is present
This commit creates a new parent quota group (1/0) of level 1 when
btrfs_quota_groups is enabled and snapper present into the image
root tree.
Related to bsc#1093518 and #812
* Wed Sep 26 2018 ms@suse.de
- Bump version: 9.16.16 → 9.16.17
* Wed Sep 26 2018 ms@suse.de
- Fixup make build target
Don't include auto generated schema docs into the source
tarball. Also cleanup MANIFEST.in from files no longer
present in the repository
* Wed Sep 26 2018 ms@suse.de
- Bump version: 9.16.15 → 9.16.16
* Wed Sep 26 2018 ms@suse.de
- Disable warnings report from pytest
By default pytest now generates warnings for all modules
used in the tox environment. This information is nice
but taints the test output of the code of this project
and is therefore unwanted.
* Wed Sep 26 2018 ms@suse.de
- Bump version: 9.16.14 → 9.16.15
* Wed Sep 26 2018 ms@suse.de
- Customize latex output for look and feel
* Wed Sep 26 2018 ms@suse.de
- Update development doc chapter per review by Tom
* Tue Sep 25 2018 dcassany@suse.de
- Make volume id customizable for installation ISOs
This commit makes volid attribute also available for OEM images.
The installation media makes use of the volid value. Only posix
safe names are allowed, up to 32 characters.
Fixes #811
* Mon Sep 24 2018 ms@suse.de
- Include PDF build of documentation to the package
Bundle a PDF version of the online documentation with the rpm package
build. Due to the complexity of getting a latex build environment into
the travis CI which does not take forever to install, the bundling of
a built PDF into the pypi archive has been skipped. Users installing
from pypi would need to install a latex env on their machine and
run make latexpdf from the installed bundle.
This Fixes #819
* Mon Sep 24 2018 ms@suse.de
- Update docs for setting up development environment
Reference py3.6 when showing example tox call. Also
delete a py version reference where it was not needed
* Fri Sep 21 2018 ms@suse.de
- Update kiwi tools README
Delete obsolete entries for tools no longer present
* Thu Sep 20 2018 dcassany@suse.de
- Adding bugfix trace for bsc#1108508
bsc#1108508 ticket was fixed with bf556a96 and 77517cff commits. Just
adding the ticket reference here.
* Wed Sep 19 2018 ms@suse.de
- Fixed disk detection for live iso in loopback grub
If the live iso is used as a disk on e.g USB sticks and
is configured to setup a persistent write space via the
initrd option rd.live.overlay.persistent, it's required
to find the disk device to create a write partition on
it.
This detection worked if the live iso is binary dumped
on the disk and bootet due to the hybrid support each
iso built by kiwi provides.
However if the live ISO deployment should not destroy
existing data on the disk there is an alternative setup
which uses grub's loopback support and puts the iso as a
file on some partition of the disk. In this mode the
kiwi-live dracut module failed to find the disk device
and could not setup a persistent write partition.
* Fri Sep 14 2018 ms@suse.de
- Bump version: 9.16.13 → 9.16.14
* Fri Sep 14 2018 ms@suse.de
- Fixed spec template
Directory delimiter missing in call for install_dracut target
* Fri Sep 14 2018 ms@suse.de
- Bump version: 9.16.12 → 9.16.13
* Thu Sep 13 2018 dcassany@suse.de
- Make use of kiwi/utils/sysconfig
This commit makes use the sysconfig kiwi utility in order to
read and eventually update the /etc/sysconfig/snapper file.
* Thu Sep 13 2018 dcassany@suse.de
- Snapper configuration for btrfs quota support refactored
This commit refactors the snapper configuration for btrfs quota support
when btrfs_root_is_snapshot is enabled. The sysconfig file
/etc/sysconfig/snapper is now taken into consideration.
Fixes bsc#1093518
* Wed Sep 12 2018 ms@suse.de
- Fixed overlay of intermediate config files
Some config files e.g etc/hosts needs to be temporary copied
from the buildsystem host to the image root system. This is
done by a custom copy with the .kiwi extension and a symlink
to that file. During the installation process the package
manager either overwrites the file or creates a .rpmnew variant.
In case a .rpmnew variant exists there is code in kiwi which
restores that .rpmnew variant to become the real file. However
that _restore_intermediate_config_rpmnew_variants() method
runs after overlay files has been applied to the system because
it's part of the final cleanup step. In order to preserve
an eventual overlay version of the file the .rpmnew variant
gets only restored if the real file does not exist.
This Fixes #807
* Wed Sep 12 2018 ms@suse.de
- Fixed dice documentation
The chapter: Building in a Self-Contained Environment holds
a fixed ruby version in the package install which was outdated.
It also still referenced the container as tar.xz but we have
changed to uncompressed containers by default a while back
* Tue Sep 11 2018 ms@suse.de
- Fixed filesystem builder use of exclude list
kiwi defines a global Defaults.get_exclude_list_for_root_data_sync
method but it was not used in the scope of the filesystem builder.
Thus this builder was missing the exclusion of the .buildenv
file. This references Issue #422 and Fixes #814
* Wed Sep 05 2018 dcassany@suse.de
- Enhance /etc/snapper/configs/root file parser
* Tue Sep 04 2018 dcassany@suse.de
- Fix quota groups management when snapper is present
* Fixes the config file path if root is snapshot
* Uses the correct QGROUP="<group>" syntax
* Do not overwrite the config file if already present
Fixes bsc#1093518
* Sat Aug 25 2018 ms@suse.de
- Separate dracut module install by Makefile target
The dracut modules like kiwi provides it should not be part of the
default install target. If kiwi gets installed from source or via
pip all dracut code gets installed on that system which is unwanted
and in the worst case leads to boot trouble next time this system
rebuilds its initrd via dracut. Therefore an extra Makefile target
which is used in the spec of an rpm but not in the install target
of setup.py is provided in this commit.
As a consequence the installation from pip will not install any
dracut modules on that system which is intentional. Installing from
source requires to run make install_dracut which if called assumes
the caller knows what he/she does :)
* Mon Aug 20 2018 ms@suse.de
- Bump version: 9.16.11 → 9.16.12
* Mon Aug 20 2018 ms@suse.de
- Follow up fix for skip_cleanup use
make sure doc_travis tox target has created the manual
pages such that the environment contains this data
* Mon Aug 20 2018 ms@suse.de
- Bump version: 9.16.10 → 9.16.11
* Mon Aug 20 2018 ms@suse.de
- Use skip_cleanup for deploy stage in travis
We need the tox build environment to run the deployment
* Mon Aug 20 2018 ms@suse.de
- Bump version: 9.16.9 → 9.16.10
* Mon Aug 20 2018 ms@suse.de
- Follow up fix for deploy target
Integration of man pages must be done as part of the sdist
setup because the travis pypi deployment only uses the
sdist target to bundle the sources
* Mon Aug 20 2018 ms@suse.de
- Bump version: 9.16.8 → 9.16.9
* Mon Aug 20 2018 ms@suse.de
- Fixed deploy target
As part of the deploy process in travis a bundle to pypi is
uploaded. The bundle is missing the compiled manual pages because
the doc_travis stage did not create them.
* Wed Aug 08 2018 ms@suse.de
- Bump version: 9.16.7 → 9.16.8
* Wed Aug 08 2018 ms@suse.de
- Update pxe server setup documentation
Delete the suggested modifications to /etc/sysconfig/atftpd
and trust the defaults provided by the package
* Wed Aug 08 2018 ms@suse.de
- Added support for system wide config file
If there is no user specific config file we are also
looking for a system wide /etc/kiwi.yml file
* Wed Aug 08 2018 dcassany@suse.de
- use more meaningful variable names
* Tue Aug 07 2018 dcassany@suse.de
- Fix baseStripUnusedLibs config method
This commit arguments handling of the baseStripUnusedLibs
that was not prepared to handle quoted variable containing a list.
Fixes #798
* Tue Aug 07 2018 ms@suse.de
- Added doc chapter for remote live boot
* Mon Aug 06 2018 ms@suse.de
- Added support for pxe live boot via AOE
The live ISO should support a network reference. We are using
the Ata Over Ethernet protocol to achieve this. In combination
with pxe boot of the kernel/initrd a live iso can boot from
the network using the following parameter example:
root=live:AOEINTERFACE:e0.1 rd.kiwi.live.pxe
Export of the live iso file via AOE can be achieved using the
vblade toolkit which needs to be available on the exporting
system and compatible with the live operating system.
This Fixes #796
* Mon Aug 06 2018 ms@suse.de
- Run schema validation/update per XSL stylesheets
* Mon Aug 06 2018 ms@suse.de
- Added XSL stylesheet to auto update schema
Drop oem-ataraid-scan from oemconfig if specified
* Mon Aug 06 2018 ms@suse.de
- Update vagrant doc chapter redirect links
* Mon Aug 06 2018 ms@suse.de
- Drop oem-ataraid-scan from schema
Along with the change we pin generateDS version to 2.29.14
because the newer version (2.29.19) creates broken python
syntax for elements with a value list for their content
like it's the case for the packagemanager element. The
tool uses the name k.packagemanager.content as class name
which is invalid for python.
* Mon Aug 06 2018 ms@suse.de
- Delete dmraid aka: softraid soft/fakeraid support
In fate#323743 the decision was made to drop dmraid from
the distribution. Along with the low business case for those
controllers and the support for linux softraid via mdadm
we also drop the support in kiwi for oem-ataraid-scan
* Mon Aug 06 2018 ms@suse.de
- Fixed unresolvables in EC2 integration build
For some reason libyui-ncurses-pkg8 is gone now
* Mon Aug 06 2018 ms@suse.de
- Fixed unresolvables in integration builds
For some reason libyui-ncurses-pkg8 is gone now
* Wed Aug 01 2018 ms@suse.de
- Bump version: 9.16.6 → 9.16.7
* Wed Aug 01 2018 ms@suse.de
- update vagrant doc chapter per review by Tom
* Wed Aug 01 2018 ms@suse.de
- Added vagrant setup chapter in the docs
Document steps to create a vagrant box for the libvirt
provider. Also provide information on provider support
This Fixes #792
* Tue Jul 31 2018 ms@suse.de
- Use xattr 0.9.3
Latest xattr is broken on pip
* Tue Jul 31 2018 ms@suse.de
- Fixed make obs_test_status
The helper script .obs_test_status looks up the build
results from the integration tests. With the introduction
of multibuild integration tests the script has to apply
some modifications to get the correct results
This is related to Issue #791
* Mon Jul 30 2018 ms@suse.de
- Bump version: 9.16.5 → 9.16.6
* Mon Jul 30 2018 dcassany@suse.de
- Fix result bundle command
This commits fixes a regression introduced in 98c9c77a
* Mon Jul 30 2018 ms@suse.de
- Bump version: 9.16.4 → 9.16.5
* Mon Jul 30 2018 ms@suse.de
- Fixup validation of boottimeout attribute
If boottimeout is set to zero it is evaluated as "not set"
and the default applies. However it's a fairly well approach
to set a zero second boot timeout. This Fixes #789
* Fri Jul 27 2018 dcassany@suse.de
- Add build tests for CentOS
* Fri Jul 27 2018 dcassany@suse.de
- Do not replace version from the image name
This commit makes sure that replacing version to version plus the
build id on resulting files happens only on version suffixes. Before
that if image name was including the version string it, this part was
also replaced.
Fixes #787 (bsc#1102868)
* Fri Jul 27 2018 dcassany@suse.de
- Extending result bundle task tests to better cover corner cases
This commit adds some tests to better cover a couple of cases:
* image name contains the version of the image
* the file in result does not include the version
* Wed Jul 25 2018 ms@suse.de
- Cleanup misleading error message
In root_bind if the cleanup failed to remove a directory
hierarchy the error message was just displaying the path
as it would be on the host root and not based on the root
of the image root tree.
* Tue Jul 24 2018 dcassany@suse.de
- Modify python-yaml dependency for CentOS and RHEL 7
This commit fixes #785
* Fri Jul 20 2018 dcassany@suse.de
- Do not run Codacy analysis on tests
* Thu Jul 19 2018 ms@suse.de
- Fixup DiskFormatOva implementation
The inheritance and super call concept used in this class
destroys the OO design concept of loosely coupled code
and also leads to a broken build because it bypasses the
post_init constructor called by the base class
* Mon Jul 16 2018 dcassany@suse.de
- Exclude tests in codacy analysis
* Mon Jul 16 2018 ms@suse.de
- Bump version: 9.16.3 → 9.16.4
* Mon Jul 16 2018 ms@suse.de
- Added grub2 module packages for GCE test build
* Mon Jul 16 2018 ms@suse.de
- Fixup timezone and keytable setup for GCE build
* Mon Jul 16 2018 ms@suse.de
- Second round of package fixes for GCE test build
* Mon Jul 16 2018 ms@suse.de
- Update schema for GCE build test to latest version
* Mon Jul 16 2018 ms@suse.de
- Fixup package list for GCE test build
* Mon Jul 16 2018 ms@suse.de
- Added Google Compute Engine build test
* Mon Jul 16 2018 ms@suse.de
- Deleted obsolete landscape setup
Code quality is checked via codacy now
* Mon Jul 16 2018 ms@suse.de
- Rebuild schema documentation
* Mon Jul 16 2018 ms@suse.de
- Fixed building VMware images with pvscsi adapter
Qemu does not natively support the pvscsi adapter type.
However there is a VMware suggested procedure which allows
to change the lsilogic setup to pvscsi inside of the DDB
of a formerly created lsilogic configured image format.
This patch implementes that procedure and
Fixes bsc#1099569
* Mon Jul 16 2018 ms@suse.de
- Rebuild schema documentation
* Mon Jul 16 2018 ms@suse.de
- Bump version: 9.16.2 → 9.16.3
* Fri Jul 13 2018 ms@suse.de
- Fixed name of checksum file for pxe type
The pxe image build generates among others a checksum
file with the suffix '.md5' This file is read by the
legacy netboot code and is expected to have the same
basename as the image file itself. However if the
compressed attribute is set the image file name is
set to 'image.xz' and the checksum is named 'image.xz.md5'
which is wrong because 'image.md5' is expected. This
patch makes sure the checksum file is always set
to 'image.md5' no matter if the compressed flag is
configured or not
* Fri Jul 13 2018 ms@suse.de
- Fixed custom_args argument assignment in BootImage
custom_args has been deleted from BootImageKiwi class
but was still passed in the Factory
* Fri Jul 13 2018 ms@suse.de
- Added runtime check for label use
Added check_volume_label_used_with_lvm to check if
custom volume labels are used in the scope of LVM
* Fri Jul 13 2018 ms@suse.de
- Fixed GCE image file name
In former times Google requires the image name to follow
their naming conventions. However that seems to have changed
and it is no longer required to match a certain pattern.
Thus this patch changes the output name of the GCE tar file
to use the same naming schema as KIWI applies to its output
files
* Thu Jul 12 2018 dcassany@suse.de
- Add codacy.yml config file
* Wed Jul 11 2018 dcassany@suse.de
- Move from landscape.io to codacy.com
* Wed Jul 11 2018 dcassany@suse.de
- Updated Travis check icon to forked project
* Wed Jul 11 2018 ms@suse.de
- Support label attribute in volumes
The optional label attribute in a volume section allows
to specify a filesystem label for the selected volume.
The label setup will have no effect on filesystems
which implements their own volume management like it's
the case for btrfs. This Fixes #738
* Wed Jul 11 2018 ms@suse.de
- Update schema tron rules for btrfs type attributes
The btrfs_* attributes only applies for vmx and oem types
* Tue Jul 10 2018 ms@suse.de
- Fixed some code smells
* Use of unused variables, and dangerous defaults
* Update of design patterns on pylint and landscape
* Fri Jul 06 2018 ms@suse.de
- Add support for activation of btrfs quota groups
If the new type attribute btrfs_quota_groups is set to true
this will enable the quota group system for btrfs based systems.
This Fixes #772 and bsc#1093518
* Fri Jul 06 2018 dcassany@suse.de
- Improve coding style, tests and label format validation
* Fri Jul 06 2018 dcassany@suse.de
- Add '--add-container-label' flag
This commits adds a command line flag to add a label for container image
types. The flag can be used multiple times.
Fixes #770
* Wed Jul 04 2018 ms@suse.de
- Added system cleanup methods
Some files in the system gets created by services like
systemd or zypper and are meant to be created once on the
target system. However in the image they might be unwanted.
Thus this commit adds convenience methods to delete files
which gets automatically re-created by the services on
startup. Whether or not the methods are used is in the
responsibility of the author of the image descripion.
This Fixes bsc#1098535
* Fri Jun 29 2018 adrian@suse.de
- avoid double quoting of disturl in label (...="'obs://...'").
avoid always printed warning of missing disturl
make use of disturl variable
* Wed Jun 20 2018 ms@suse.de
- Bump version: 9.16.1 → 9.16.2
* Wed Jun 20 2018 ms@suse.de
- Simplify configfile loading
prefix and root variables are correctly set, thus calling
the "normal" command has the same effect than the explicit
call for "configfile"
* Tue Jun 19 2018 ms@suse.de
- Prevent building custom efi image
If the distribution provides a prebuilt efi image kiwi
should use it instead of building its own image.
* Wed Jun 13 2018 ms@suse.de
- Bump version: 9.16.0 → 9.16.1
* Wed Jun 13 2018 ms@suse.de
- Avoid module loading in grub config template
This patch is two fold. First part replaces the import of
dedicated video modules in the grub image by the all_video
module. Second part avoids runtime module insertion which
requires access to the boot filesystem which is not
guaranteed on sophisticated rootfs structures like btrfs
plus readonly snapshots and what not. Thus we make sure
all boot code is embedded into the grub image(s) and no
extra loading of modules at runtime will be needed.
This Fixes bsc#1096937
* Tue Jun 12 2018 dcassany@suse.de
- Fix for bsc#1094788
This is just an empty commit to include the bugfix reference in
the repository history.
The bugfix for bsc#1094788 was actually commited in:
commit 835cebfe5c488515dfbcdf33dab6262613ca5508
Author: Marcus Schäfer <ms@suse.de>
Date: Tue May 29 16:42:55 2018 +0200
* Tue Jun 12 2018 ms@suse.de
- Complete GUID change from signed to unsigned
Follow up fix to complete the binary packing of the GUID
format to use unsigned types. Missed to move short source
from signed to unsigned. This Fixes bsc#1095267
* Wed Jun 06 2018 ms@suse.de
- Bump version: 9.15.4 → 9.16.0
* Wed Jun 06 2018 ms@suse.de
- Move fedora integration test build to fc28 distro
* Wed Jun 06 2018 ngompa13@gmail.com
- Use the versioned Python interpreter path to run build helper scripts
The kiwi build process mostly does the right thing in terms of executing
with the correct Python interpreter throughout the build process, with
the exception of the Makefile not correctly locating the versioned Python
interpreter executable path, and the bash completion generator being executed
using '/usr/bin/python' without regard for what the target environment was.
This is a problem when a build environment complying with PEP 394 as it
stands today does not have Python 2 installed, such as when kiwi is being
built as a Python 3-only package in Fedora. Thus, the Makefile has been
adjusted to not only correctly locate the versioned Python interpreter, but
to also execute 'completion_helper' with the correct interpreter.
Additionally, a trivial change to the shebang to 'completion_helper'
was made to be consistent with other Python-based build helper scripts.
This is part of the overall effort to eliminate the dependencies on
Python 2 in Fedora.
Reference: https://fedoraproject.org/wiki/FinalizingFedoraSwitchtoPython3
* Tue Jun 05 2018 ms@suse.de
- Bump version: 9.15.3 → 9.15.4
* Tue Jun 05 2018 ms@suse.de
- Fixup move_to_root method
move_to_root is called to check each element of a given list
and changes any path specification to a valid path if the given
root path would be it's root(/). This tranformation implied the
creation of paths containing double slashes like //foo which
was considered harmless. However it has turned out that the dnf
package manager makes a difference here which requires to fix
the resulting paths. This Fixes #761
* Mon Jun 04 2018 dcassany@suse.de
- Adding license tag under description tag in schema
This license tag does not effect the resulting image in any way. The tag
is just included to state the license of the kiwi image sources in case
they are distributed.
Fixes #728
* Mon Jun 04 2018 ms@suse.de
- Make sure profile env is included in live images
For all images which boots via dracut the .profile file is included
except for live iso's because no information is needed from that file
to boot or customize the boot. However the .profile contains the
kiwi_revision information which is useful for any image type.
This Fixes #755
* Mon Jun 04 2018 ms@suse.de
- Add config-cdroot to description import list
During the prepare step the image description and mandatory
files needed in the create step are copied into the image
root system below the image/ directory. In case of the
optional config-cdroot archive this copy action was missing
which lead to the problem that the archive was not present
if the kiwi system create command is sequence is used.
This Fixes #756
* Mon Jun 04 2018 ms@suse.de
- Added true module to grub image list
When kiwi creates a grub image a list of modules are embedded.
For the purpose of snapshot boot the true module seems to be
used but was not included at build time when kiwi created
the grub image. This Fixes bsc#1093917
* Mon Jun 04 2018 ms@suse.de
- Changed GUID format from signed to unsigned
With reference to Microsoft Guid constructors it seems unsigned
values are allowed which could exceed the value range of the
binary unpack used in kiwi. This Fixes bsc#1095267
* Fri Jun 01 2018 dcassany@suse.de
- Fix SC2164 complain of shellcheck
* Thu May 31 2018 dcassany@suse.de
- Updating shellcheck call from tox
Recent shellcheck versions are more strict and complain about
backslashes "\" used in literals claiming it is preferred to use
double backslashes "\\". As is just a styling advise and we use
backslashes in multiple commands (echo, sed, etc) I believe this
can be ignored.
* Wed May 30 2018 dcassany@suse.de
- Relax runtime check for ISO images using dmsquash
This commit relaxes the dracut-kiwi-live module requirement if
dmsquash dracut module is selected in flags attribute.
* Tue May 29 2018 ms@suse.de
- omit multipath module in live iso initrd
The multipath module creates device maps which puts the device
in a busy state and prevents the creation of a persistent write
partition. As multipath seems never useful for the root of a live
iso image we generally omit this module from being included
* Tue May 29 2018 ms@suse.de
- Fixup LOADER_LOCATION in sysconfig/bootloader
By default we always set LOADER_LOCATION=mbr which is wrong
if EFI is in use. This patch updates the value to be correct.
It also seems that this variable is only consumed by the
yast2 bootloader module from past days. Thus we consider
it obsolete and on the to be droped list in future releases.
This Fixes #746
* Tue May 29 2018 ms@suse.de
- Bump version: 9.15.2 → 9.15.3
* Mon May 28 2018 ms@suse.de
- Fix setup of LOADER_TYPE in sysconfig/bootloader
LOADER_TYPE value for the grub2 bootloader depends on
the use of EFI. This Fixes bsc#1094883
* Mon May 28 2018 ms@suse.de
- Added documentation for config-cdroot archive
* Mon May 28 2018 ms@suse.de
- Added support for config-cdroot archive
The image description now allows an optional file named:
config-cdroot.tar[.compression_postfix]. The file gets
unpacked as user data for live and install ISO images.
This allows users to add e.g license files or reference
documentation to the ISO image. This Fixes #737
* Mon May 28 2018 dcassany@suse.com
- Verify file does not exist before creating symlink
* Mon May 28 2018 dcassany@suse.com
- Add service dependencies in generators
Correctly adding the initrd-root-fs.target service dependency to
auto generated sysroot.mount for kiwi-live and kiwi-overlay dracut
modules.
Fixes #741
* Mon May 28 2018 ms@suse.de
- Do not create static dev nodes in root init
For compatibility reasons kiwi created a set of static device
nodes when initializing a new image root system. With the
presence of devtmpfs this should no longer be needed. In addition
the static dev node setup now also causes problems on filesystems
like btrfs which was the reason to delete this code now.
This Fixes bsc#1087104
* Thu May 24 2018 dcassany@suse.com
- Do not delete uncompressed base docker images
Fixes #739
* Wed May 16 2018 ms@suse.de
- Bump version: 9.15.1 → 9.15.2
* Wed May 16 2018 dcassany@suse.com
- Fix zypper add lock operations
This commit fixes the arguments passed to zypper in add lock
operations.
* Tue May 15 2018 dcassany@suse.com
- Add correct GPL-3.0-or-later license
Add the correct license reference in the spec License field
Fixes #732
* Tue May 15 2018 ms@suse.de
- Make container compression a configuration option
Change the ContainerBuilder class to evaluate on the
configuration options to decide if the container archive
should be compressed or not. By default the archive will
be compressed, thus there is no change to the former behavior
but can be setup in ~/.config/kiwi/config.yml as follows:
container:
- compress: none|xz
This Fixes #725
* Tue May 15 2018 ms@suse.de
- Return file name after archive or compression call
Extend the ArchiveTar and Compress classes such that
their archiving and compression methods returns the
result file name after the operation
* Tue May 15 2018 ms@suse.de
- Allow docker root import from uncompressed file
Check the given file name for its compression format and
only uncompress if a supported format could be detected.
This Fixes #730
* Mon May 14 2018 dcassany@suse.com
- Add additionaltags containerconfig attribute
This commit adds `additionaltags` attribute, so multiple tags to
a container image can be defined in a comma separated value.
Fixes #713
* Wed May 09 2018 ms@suse.de
- Bump version: 9.15.0 → 9.15.1
* Wed May 09 2018 davidcassany@gmail.com
- Add a chapter for uninstall package requests in docs (#726)
Add a chapter for uninstall package requests in docs
* Tue May 08 2018 ms@suse.de
- Update arm integration test
Existing panda build was outdated and non functional.
Move the test to a more popular target and write the
image description to use technology matching the
suse arm development effort. Target is now Rpi(64bit)
* Tue May 08 2018 ms@suse.de
- Use latest version of sphinx
Formerly sphinx==1.6.7 was used because travis-sphinx failed
with latest sphinx. Now travis-sphinx fails with 1.6.7 and
I hope using latest sphinx will fix that
* Tue May 08 2018 ms@suse.de
- Bump version: 9.14.7 → 9.15.0
* Mon May 07 2018 dcassany@suse.com
- Add comment in pinch_system calls
* Mon May 07 2018 dcassany@suse.com
- Refining the uninstall type implementation
* Fri May 04 2018 dcassany@suse.com
- Add uninstall pacakges type
This commit adds a new `uninstall` type for packages. Packages listed
with this type will be removed by the package manager cleaning also any
unneeded dependency. The removal is executed after running `config.sh`.
Also in this commit `delete` type for packages is now executed after
`uninstall` packages, meaing it also happens after `config.sh`.
Fixes #625
* Fri May 04 2018 ms@suse.de
- Bump version: 9.14.6 → 9.14.7
* Fri May 04 2018 dcassany@suse.com
- Some simple code cleaning
* Fri May 04 2018 ms@suse.de
- Fixed check for volume group in use
The former implementation evaluates the output of the vgs
command and set the volume group as in use if one of the
listed volume groups on the host contains the group name
set by the image description. This would also match if the
group name set in the image description is e.g 'System' and
the a volume group on the host with name 'SystemVG' exists.
However a conflict only exists on exact match of the name.
The proposed fix is to use the --select feature from vgs
and let it show information on exact match of the vg_name
field. The code in kiwi then just evaluates if the selection
by vgs has a value or not. This Fixes #721
* Fri May 04 2018 ms@suse.de
- Fix setup of kiwi_lvm profile variable
kiwi_lvm was always set to true if a volume management system
is in use. However it should only be set to true if the
selected volume management system is lvm. The same applies
to the kiwi_lvmgroup variable which also only makes sense
if the lvm volume management system is used.
This Fixes bsc#1090427
* Mon Apr 30 2018 ms@suse.de
- Bump version: 9.14.5 → 9.14.6
* Thu Apr 26 2018 ms@suse.de
- Extend test-image-azure integration test
Use xfs as filesystem and set a tag to also test image tags
* Thu Apr 26 2018 ms@suse.de
- Use /dev/zero to really write a zero byte
The cleanup of the 512 byte block for the vhdfixed tag
was based on reading from /dev/null which does effectively
nothing. As the block should be filled with zero bytes
this patch changes the source from /dev/null to /dev/zero
This was found by tests to reproduce the issue reported
in bsc#1090953 but is not causing it
* Tue Apr 24 2018 dcassany@suse.com
- Add test for the utils class StringToSize
This commit adds a couple of unit tests for the StringToSize class.
* Tue Apr 24 2018 ms@suse.de
- Bump version: 9.14.4 → 9.14.5
* Tue Apr 24 2018 ms@suse.de
- Run doc target in travis test stage
* Tue Apr 24 2018 ms@suse.de
- Fixup doc conf.py
Do not load kiwi logging which is unneeded and causes many
superfluous messages on the console when sphinx build runs
* Tue Apr 24 2018 ms@suse.de
- Fixup docstring warning from sphinx build
* Tue Apr 24 2018 ms@suse.de
- Fixup travis unit test stages
Build docs in deployment stage only
* Tue Apr 24 2018 ms@suse.de
- Include doc_travis_deploy in travis deploy stage
* Tue Apr 24 2018 ms@suse.de
- Fixed syntax errors shown by travis lint
* Tue Apr 24 2018 ms@suse.de
- Revert "Fixup travis.yml"
This reverts commit 79ccbdff394e2aba4f1e8fb6390a9a8e0d1925e2.
* Tue Apr 24 2018 ms@suse.de
- Revert "Yet another try to get travis stages correct"
This reverts commit aca057c3554795b79c651f63a58967138d00f3c8.
* Tue Apr 24 2018 ms@suse.de
- Yet another try to get travis stages correct
* Tue Apr 24 2018 ms@suse.de
- Fixup travis.yml
Looks like empty lines are not allowed
* Tue Apr 24 2018 ms@suse.de
- Revert "Clearly separate unittest stage from deployment"
This reverts commit 5fd27924c931b6b60903b0015d0a8cf31cf499f7.
* Tue Apr 24 2018 ms@suse.de
- Bump version: 9.14.3 → 9.14.4
* Mon Apr 23 2018 dcassany@suse.com
- Some improvements on size calculation
This commit simplifies the unpartitioned area size calculation.
Fixes #709 and it is related to fate#323874
* Mon Apr 23 2018 ms@suse.de
- Clearly separate unittest stage from deployment
* Fri Apr 20 2018 ms@suse.de
- Use travis stages feature for pypi deployment
Problem ist that the deploy section is called for every
item in the former matrix: setup. This means the pypi
upload was triggered twice for the same archive which
means one target always fails. In order to deploy only
once travis provides a stages feature which is used
in this commit
* Fri Apr 20 2018 ms@suse.de
- Bump version: 9.14.2 → 9.14.3
* Fri Apr 20 2018 dcassany@suse.com
- Adding unpartitioned size attribute
This commit adds the possibility of setting some unpartitioned area
after the systemdisl partition into the image.
Fixes #709
* Fri Apr 20 2018 ms@suse.de
- Fixed creation of machine settings file
If no vmnic setup is present a request to iterator over
a NoneType object is attempted and failed. This Fixes #710
* Thu Apr 19 2018 dcassany@suse.com
- volume_manager API docs cleanup
* Thu Apr 19 2018 dcassany@suse.com
- repository API docs cleanup
* Thu Apr 19 2018 dcassany@suse.com
- system API docs cleanup
* Wed Apr 18 2018 dcassany@suse.com
- package_manager API docs cleanup
* Wed Apr 18 2018 dcassany@suse.com
- build API docs cleanup
* Wed Apr 18 2018 ms@suse.de
- Fixed docstring :rtype: values
In Python the string type name is str not string
* Tue Apr 17 2018 dcassany@suse.com
- Cleanup of the iso_tools API docs
* Tue Apr 17 2018 dcassany@suse.com
- Cleanup of the utils API docs
* Tue Apr 17 2018 ms@suse.de
- Cleanup api doc strings
This cleans up and fixes the api documentation for
the public interface of the projects boot source code
files and Fixes #700
* Tue Apr 17 2018 dcassany@suse.com
- Cleanup of the solver API docs
* Tue Apr 17 2018 ms@suse.de
- Fixup docstring typos per review
* Tue Apr 17 2018 ms@suse.de
- Cleanup api doc strings
This cleans up and fixes the api documentation for
the public interface of the projects storage source code
files and Fixes #698
* Mon Apr 16 2018 ms@suse.de
- Fixup download url in setup.py
Better point to installable packages. This Fixes #702
* Wed Apr 11 2018 ms@suse.de
- Cleanup api doc strings
This cleans up and fixes the api documentation for the
public interface of the projects toplevel source code
files and Fixes #697
* Tue Apr 10 2018 ms@suse.de
- Fixup creation of vmware settings file
The kiwi schema allows for multiple vmnic sections but kiwi
only took the primary one into account. This patch uses all
configured vmnic sections. This Fixes #688
* Tue Apr 10 2018 ms@suse.de
- Support lookup for fstab.append on fstab creation
At the time kiwi creates the fstab with all required fields
to boot the system it now also looks for an optional fstab.append
file and appends its contents to the fstab file. This allows
to setup custom fstab entries for filesystem mounts which are
established outside of the kiwi image building process by
e.g a service at first boot
* Tue Apr 10 2018 ms@suse.de
- Add auto release to pypi on release tags
This will automatically release kiwi on pypi if a new tag in
master is set. This happens when bumpversion is called followed
by a push and push --tags. Only if the tag is pushed the travis
deployment gets triggered. This Fixes #678
* Mon Apr 09 2018 ms@suse.de
- Change variable quoting for Rm/Rpm shell helpers
The two methods exists to overlay their call with a logging
facility. Thus it is ok and expected that the caller can
pass arguments for the program e.g (Rm -rf foo) which resulted
in (rm '-rf foo') leading to a runtime error.
* Mon Apr 09 2018 ms@suse.de
- Bump version: 9.14.1 → 9.14.2
* Fri Apr 06 2018 dcassany@suse.com
- Fix default initrd_system values
This commit fixes the default initrd_system value for some image
types. Since this value is included in profile and potentially
taken into account for some of the config script functions, it is
important to have consistent values even when the image type
has no initrd choice or it doesn't have initrd at all.
Related to #689
* Fri Apr 06 2018 ms@suse.de
- Check partition table after cow part creation
Proceed with the persistent write partition setup only
if the cow partition could have been created successfully
* Thu Apr 05 2018 ms@suse.de
- Fixed detection of disk node in live iso images
If the live iso is booted as disk the initrd code needs to
find the correct disk node pointing to the iso image. This
was formerly done by checking if the populated disk devices
contains an iso header with an application id. The information
was obtained using the isoinfo tool. isoinfo is a tool
provided by the obsolete and xorriso replaced cdrtools kit.
In addition the lookup was unsafe because any iso with
an application id would have been valid. Thus this patch
changes the detection mechanism to use the volume id as
it is used in the root assignment on the cmdline. The
volume id is populated as device label for the assigned
block device and can therefore be used as a unique id.
The volume id itself is a configuration option in the image
XML description. If not set the default is 'CDROM'. The
information can be obtained via blkid and therefore also
eliminates the isoinfo requirement
* Wed Apr 04 2018 ms@suse.de
- Fixup test-image-docker unresolvable state
genisoimage seems no longer present in the distro
* Wed Apr 04 2018 ms@suse.de
- Update etc/default/grub setup
kiwi writes optional grub boot parameters to the GRUB_CMDLINE_LINUX
variable in default/grub. This information is then picked up by
grub2-mkconfig and written to grub.cfg However there is also another
variable named GRUB_CMDLINE_LINUX_DEFAULT which according to the
documentation should be used preferably. While it does not seem to
matter for grub it matters for yast. Thus this patch changes the
configuration variable and fixes bsc#1084117
* Tue Apr 03 2018 ms@suse.de
- Bump version: 9.14.0 → 9.14.1
* Tue Apr 03 2018 ms@suse.de
- Fixed truncation of image when writing vhd tag
When writing the vhd tag into a vhdfixed formatted image
the image was opened with the wrong open bits 'wb' and
thus was truncated at the 64k offset. This patch fixes
the open bits to allow in-place tag writing. This
Fixes bsc#1077096
* Tue Apr 03 2018 dcassany@suse.com
- Make use of autoremove in Yum and Dnf to clean dependencies
* Wed Mar 28 2018 dcassany@suse.com
- Enable no forced deletion for dnf, yum and apt package managers
This commit makes apt, yum and dnf support equivalent to zypper in terms
of being capable to delete packages using the package manger tools
(implies dependencies deletion is handled by the package manager)
or deleting explicitly only listed packages using packager tools
even if this implies breaking dependencies.
* Tue Mar 27 2018 gmoro@suse.de
- fix vmx fileName parameter, bsc#1084157
* Fri Mar 23 2018 ms@suse.de
- Update schema version in free schema doc generator
* Fri Mar 23 2018 ms@suse.de
- Update schema version in headline of doc chapter
* Fri Mar 23 2018 ms@suse.de
- Bump version: 9.13.9 → 9.14.0
* Fri Mar 23 2018 ms@suse.de
- Rebuild online schema documentation
* Fri Mar 23 2018 ms@suse.de
- XSL Auto update descriptions due to schema change
* Fri Mar 23 2018 ms@suse.de
- Delete obsolete hybrid attribute from type
Any iso image we create will be a hybrid image. That was
already the default for any install iso image and was a
configuration option for live images. The optional selection
only existed for systems which do not provide tools to
make an iso hybrid. All distributions kiwi supports provides
this capabilities and there is no good reason why a live
or install iso should not be hybrid and bootable as iso
and as disk. Also the boot in disk mode became the preferred
boot method for the majority of our users which requires
to provide a hybrid iso
* Thu Mar 22 2018 dcassany@suse.com
- Add efiparttable type attribute
This commit allows to choose the partition table type for efi firmwares
using the efiparttable type attribute.
Fixes #638
* Thu Mar 22 2018 ms@suse.de
- Update spec file to require xorriso
* Thu Mar 22 2018 ms@suse.de
- Cleanup hybrid call and use of iso tool options
The extra isohybrid call is only needed if the mkisofs
tool category is used. Thus it should be only visible
at the place where the isofs is created and not as an
extra step in the builder tasks. Additionally the handling
of extra options was mkisofs specific and should be
better done as a common meta_data record. The tool
specific options should only appear in the tool specific
class implementations
* Thu Mar 22 2018 ms@suse.de
- Allow to configure iso tool category
Switch to xorriso by default but allow to setup cdrtools
in the runtime configuration file
* Wed Mar 21 2018 dcassany@suse.com
- Remove xml_parse.py shebang in spec
It removes the shebang from the autogenerated file and also removes
the exception in rpmlint to ignore non-executable-script warning.
Fixes #666
* Mon Mar 19 2018 dcassany@suse.com
- Remove unneeded shebangs from dracut modules
Fixes #668
* Mon Mar 19 2018 ms@suse.de
- Added IsoToolsXorrIso class
As an alternative to mkisofs/genisoimage there is now the
IsoToolsXorrIso class which implements the IsoTools interface
by using xorriso. This Fixes #635
* Mon Mar 19 2018 ms@suse.de
- Update package MANIFEST.in
Include new iso_tools directory
* Fri Mar 16 2018 ms@suse.de
- Added iso_tools api documentation
* Fri Mar 16 2018 ms@suse.de
- Add list_iso method to iso_tools api
* Fri Mar 16 2018 dcassany@suse.com
- Update FSF address
The address has been taken from the header example published here
https://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/gpl-2.0.html
Fixes #667
* Fri Mar 16 2018 ms@suse.de
- Add create_iso method to iso_tools api
* Thu Mar 15 2018 ms@suse.de
- Seperate iso tool handling into its own namespace
The Iso class only provides generic helper methods around the
creation of ISO filesystems. For the creation of the filesystem
itself we encapsulate the tool parameter handling into its own
class. For the option compatible mkisofs/genisoimage tools the
IsoToolsCdrTools class exists. This allows to create e.g
IsoToolsXorrIso class as a future implementation
* Thu Mar 15 2018 ms@suse.de
- Refactor iso helper tools
There are several tools available to build iso images.
genisoimage, mkisofs and also xorriso. The history of
the tools shows them to be used in the range of available
Linux distributions. Thus kiwi contains an abstraction
layer to support them but assumed they are option
compatible. With the xorriso implementation this is no
longer correct and therefore a refactoring of the iso
tools api is required before support for xorriso can
be added. This references Issue #635
* Wed Mar 14 2018 dcassany@suse.com
- Make build type mandatory in XMLState
* Wed Mar 14 2018 dcassany@suse.com
- kiwi_inode_size value is no longer hardcoded in more than one place
* Wed Mar 14 2018 dcassany@suse.com
- Add warning message for dasd
* Wed Mar 14 2018 dcassany@suse.com
- Rearrange defaults and some comments
* Wed Mar 14 2018 dcassany@suse.com
- Rearrange variable start_sector attribute to be a Partitioner attribute
* Tue Mar 13 2018 dcassany@suse.com
- Add disk_start_sector type attribute
This commit adds the disk start sector attribute to configure the
first disk sector for the first partition of the disk.
Fixes #575
* Tue Mar 13 2018 ms@suse.de
- Rebuild online schema documentation
* Tue Mar 13 2018 ms@suse.de
- Bump version: 9.13.8 → 9.13.9
* Tue Mar 13 2018 ms@suse.de
- Bump version: 9.13.7 → 9.13.8
* Tue Mar 13 2018 ms@suse.de
- Fixed base package requires
kpartx is used by kiwi but was not required in spec
* Tue Mar 13 2018 ms@suse.de
- Update gitignore
Do not manage changes in .pytest_cache
* Tue Mar 13 2018 ms@suse.de
- Tell plymouth to quit only if a dialog is called
In case of a dialog kiwi uses the dialog program which conflicts
with the plymouth splash system. Thus we tell plymouth to stop
This patch changes the request to be send to plymouth prior to
a dialog call and not in general
* Mon Mar 12 2018 ms@suse.de
- Bump version: 9.13.6 → 9.13.7
* Mon Mar 12 2018 ms@suse.de
- Update bootloader console for oem test image
Set bootloader_console="serial" for the oem test image to
allow testing in the Kanku CI
* Mon Mar 12 2018 dcassany@suse.com
- Add profile dependencies
With this commit the profile can include other profiles as a dependency.
This way it is possible build an image defined by multiple profiles by just
calling a single composed profile from the command line.
Fixes #658
* Mon Mar 12 2018 ms@suse.de
- Bump version: 9.13.5 → 9.13.6
* Fri Mar 09 2018 ms@suse.de
- Disable multipath from oem build test
* Fri Mar 09 2018 ms@suse.de
- Fixup setup of root_filesystem_is_multipath
The variable is set to a boolean value or None. If set to
False due to a configuration of oem-multipath-scan this
will cause the dracut multipath module to be omitted.
In any other case the presence of the multipath module
decides whether it will be included into the dracut
generated initrd or not.
* Fri Mar 09 2018 ms@suse.de
- Fixup python-kiwi base package requires
There is no need for the base package to require multipath.
Those tools are only needed for dracut modules
* Thu Mar 08 2018 ms@suse.de
- Use dracut modules based on feature use
As the kiwi build dracut initrd is a generic one which
includes all installed dracut modules we missed a way to
exclude modules from beeing incorporated even if we know
it would not be needed. One example is the multipath module
which would only be useful if the oem multipath scan is
configured in the image description
* Wed Mar 07 2018 ms@suse.de
- Update test-image-oem build
Create hostonly dracut initrd on first boot and replace
kiwi's grub config by the result of grub2-mkconfig
* Wed Mar 07 2018 ms@suse.de
- Delete invalid motd file from build tests
* Wed Mar 07 2018 ms@suse.de
- Prepare test-image-oem build test for Kanku
Activate unattended mode and preselect the installation target
Also specify a fixed swapsize value to be independent of the
host main memory which is used to calculate swap if no size
is specified
* Tue Mar 06 2018 ms@suse.de
- Bump version: 9.13.4 → 9.13.5
* Tue Mar 06 2018 ms@suse.de
- Fixed btrfs search path in earlyboot script
If kiwi generates its own efi image for the boot process
it does not setup the btrfs relative path setup in the
earlyboot script embedded into the generated efi image.
This has a bad impact on the file search because the
btrfs setup done in kiwi puts root below the @ volume
which we then need to specify of the relative lookup
is not activated. Fixes bsc#1082155
* Tue Mar 06 2018 ms@suse.de
- Bump version: 9.13.3 → 9.13.4
* Mon Mar 05 2018 dcassany@suse.com
- Use LABEL for the swap partition
If multipath and device maps are active the fstab entry should use
the LABEL reference. Systemd calls swapon and it only works properly
with multipath devices when LABEL reference is used or calling directly
on the /dev/dm-* device file.
* Sat Mar 03 2018 ms@suse.de
- Bump version: 9.13.2 → 9.13.3
* Fri Mar 02 2018 ms@suse.de
- The order of the options for mkisofs matters
Setting -eltorito-platform after -b causes mkisofs to fail
* Fri Mar 02 2018 ms@suse.de
- Resize partition table after image resize
The command 'kiwi image resize' allows to resize the size
of a disk image. Depending on the partition table type it
is also required to resize the partition table inside of
the image to let the file size change become effective
This Fixes #534
* Fri Mar 02 2018 MichalMarek1@eaton.com
- APT: Support patternType in the bootstrap phase
With patternType="onlyRequired" (the default), run debootstrap with
--variant=minbase to install only essential packages. With
patternType="plusRecommended", let debootstrap also install important
packages. This is not exactly what the patternType keyword means with
other targets, but it allows to choose between an absolutely minimal
image and a small but usable system.
* Fri Mar 02 2018 ms@suse.de
- Bump version: 9.13.1 → 9.13.2
* Fri Mar 02 2018 dcassany@suse.com
- Reactivate device mappings after repart. Fixes #645
This commit recreates removed device maps and triggers again
systemd generators in order to adapt again device units to the
new context. Fixes #645
* Fri Mar 02 2018 ms@suse.de
- Refactor ovftool check
The way this was done mask errors from the call
with the check if the tool exists on the host.
This patch refactors this and makes clear where
we check for the tool to be installed and where
we actually call it
* Fri Mar 02 2018 ms@suse.de
- Extend has_option_in_help to also check error data
* Thu Mar 01 2018 ms@suse.de
- Check if isotool supports eltorito-platform option
Along with the change there is a small refactoring to
populate the iso tool search to the public api of the
Iso class
* Thu Mar 01 2018 ms@suse.de
- Set eltorito-platform for efi
The default eltorito platform is set to "x86_64 PC", however
in an alternative bootloader spec for efi this would be the
wrong platform spec. This patch adds the correct platform
to the alt-boot setup for efi. References #643
* Wed Feb 28 2018 ms@suse.de
- Fixup obs test status helper
Use osc results output to get better status information
* Wed Feb 28 2018 ms@suse.de
- Fixed get_free_disk_bytes in dracut kiwi-lib
The method used any device from the lsblk output, but it can
happen that some device nodes with different name point to
the same physical device. The method would then calculate
the free space wrong. This patch takes the PARTUUID value
into account to make sure any partition device size is used
only once. This Fixes #648
* Tue Feb 27 2018 tom_schr@web.de
- Use pytest instead of py.test
From pytest 3.0, it is recommended to use "pytest" as the main
command. The use of "py.test" is deprecated and is potentially removed
in the future.
* Tue Feb 27 2018 ms@suse.de
- Update tox setup
Add python 3.6 target and activate it for the travis
and the local make targets
Use major python version for the check(flake) and doc
targets where the interpreter minor version is not
primarily important
This references #641
* Tue Feb 27 2018 ms@suse.de
- Update yast setup documentation
Incorporate changes per review by Tom
* Mon Feb 26 2018 ms@suse.de
- Fixed oem build test
bind-utils explicitly required for obs to be able
to resolve the package dependencies
* Mon Feb 26 2018 ms@suse.de
- Bump version: 9.13.0 → 9.13.1
* Mon Feb 26 2018 ms@suse.de
- Only delete sub path if not empty
* Mon Feb 26 2018 ms@suse.de
- Fixed package lists for azure and ec2 build tests
* Mon Feb 26 2018 ms@suse.de
- Reference commit for bugzilla
With regards to the changes done in Issue #637 this commit
just creates a reference to a related bug bsc#1082163
* Fri Feb 23 2018 ms@suse.de
- Cleanup config functions shell coding
* Fri Feb 23 2018 amajer@suse.de
- Use mkisofs instead of wodim
* Fri Feb 23 2018 ms@suse.de
- Delete obsolete/unused methods
* Fri Feb 23 2018 ms@suse.de
- Add functions.sh to shellcheck
* Fri Feb 23 2018 ms@suse.de
- Added doc page how to setup yast on firstboot
* Thu Feb 22 2018 ms@suse.de
- Allow arch attribute for profiles specification
A profile could be relevant for only a specific architecture.
There was no way to express that in the XML description. With
the change in this commit a specification like the following
is possible:
<profiles>
<profile name="A" description="..." arch="aarch64"/>
<profile name="B" description="..."
</profiles>
Profile A is only usable on the aarch64 architecture, whereas
profile B would be usable on all architectures.
* Selecting an arch specific profile from the commandline via
the --profile option on a system which is not of that architecture
will result in an error message.
* Using the import="true" attribute in the <profile> definition
for an arch specific profile will cause the import of that
profile only on that architecture and silently ignore the
import on any other architecture
This Fixes #637
* Thu Feb 22 2018 ms@suse.de
- Update build-test descriptions for Kanku
As part of the buildservice there is now also a CI system called Kanku
which allows for image boot/run tests. The only requirement on the image
level which is missing in our build test descriptions is the setup of
the serial console. This patch updates those image descriptions which
could be tested by kanku to provide a serial console at boot time.
The plan is that our build-test images automatically gets boot tested
by the Kanku CI. This should include boot, console-login, reboot,
console login, shutdown. The required job description to do this
needs to be worked out together with the Kanku team
* Tue Feb 20 2018 dcassany@suse.com
- Adding publisher attribute for ISOs
This commit adds the 'publisher' attribute in type only for
ISO image type. It sets the publisher name of the resulting ISO.
Fixes #630
* Tue Feb 20 2018 ms@suse.de
- Fixed yum vs. yum-deprecated binary lookup
When using the yum package manager it could be either provided
as yum or yum-deprecated binary. Because of this the search
method to find the binary needs to know the context from which
the call is performed. This could be either the host system
or the created image root. This Fixes #624
* Tue Feb 20 2018 MichalMarek1@eaton.com
- APT: Run debootstrap with --variant=minbase
This selects only packages with Priority: required, which is more in
line with what the other package managers are doing. A patch for
kiwi-descriptions has been submitted to adapt to this new behavior.
* Fri Feb 16 2018 ms@suse.de
- Bump version: 9.12.9 → 9.13.0
* Fri Feb 16 2018 agraf@suse.de
- Do not emit linuxefi/initrdefi on non-x86 platforms
Grub wants to have linuxefi/initrdefi commands to execute Linux via the UEFI
calling convention on x86. However, all other platforms simply use the normal
linux/initrd commands, because there grub assumes that an EFI grub wants to
run an EFI payload.
Reflect this architecture difference in the generated grub configuration.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
* Thu Feb 15 2018 ms@suse.de
- Fixup grub2 theme setup
The presence of a background file was mandatory for kiwi to
use the theme. But the background information is optional
* Wed Feb 14 2018 ms@suse.de
- Deleted obsolete boot descriptions
The custom kiwi boot descriptions has been moved into
the kiwi-descriptions github repo and builds the compat
package kiwi-boot-descriptions from there. The build
of the boot image(initrd) is done by dracut and the
dracut module packages provided by kiwi. The classic
custom boot descriptions can still be used as alternative
method if the above package is installed. Related to
Issue #576
* Tue Feb 13 2018 ms@suse.de
- Create compatible boot options
The boot option root=install:CDLABEL= is mandatory for install
images which uses the dracut initrd system. But for the custom
kiwi oemboot descriptions this is causing a problem when detecting
the install device. Thus the above boot option is only applied
for the initrd system which actually makes use of it
* Tue Feb 13 2018 ms@suse.de
- Update boot description search path
With the move of the boot descriptions in its own package
the kiwi search path needs to be adapted to look for boot
descriptions in /usr/share/kiwi/custom_boot. In addition
a runtime check to exit early if the boot description could
not be found or is not specified will be provided. Related
to Issue #576
* Tue Feb 13 2018 dcassany@suse.com
- Update the docs to the current example present in kiwi-descriptions
* Mon Feb 12 2018 ms@suse.de
- Bump version: 9.12.8 → 9.12.9
* Mon Feb 12 2018 ms@suse.de
- Update .virtualenv.dev-requirements.txt
sphinx 1.7.0 is not compatible with travis-sphinx
thus we stick with 1.6.7 until travis-sphinx followed
the sphinx changes
* Mon Feb 12 2018 ms@suse.de
- Add restrictions to Path.remove_hierarchy
When an iso file is used as repo, this iso will be loop mounted on
the host and bind mounted into the image root as long as the image
builds. When the mount is released a recursive cleanup of the complete
path happens. This is done by calling Path.remove_hierarchy. However
if a sub path of the mount path contains a system root directory
which is mandatory for the Linux root system it is not allowed
to be deleted even if it is empty at the time of the mount cleanup.
Thus this patch adds a lookup for protected directory names and
only runs the recursive deletion as long as no protected member
is part of the path. This fixes bsc#1080301
* Sat Feb 10 2018 ngompa@datto.com
- Initial support for building Debian/Ubuntu packages in spec
This adds support for producing the main kiwi package as well as the
packages for the dracut modules to be used when building Debian-based
distribution images with KIWI.
The Debian/Ubuntu package is built using debbuild: https://github.com/ascherer/debbuild
* Fri Feb 09 2018 ms@suse.de
- Fixed build_pxe_root_filesystem documentation
The article still used filename references from v7 code stream
This patch updates the docs to match the sources it refers to
* Wed Feb 07 2018 ms@suse.de
- Update dropped features documentation
The information on the partition based install method was
unclear and misleading. This patch clarifies the documentation
in this regard
* Wed Feb 07 2018 ms@suse.de
- Delete obsolete ovf format value
Support for ova has been added which makes the ovf format
value obsolete and redundant
* Tue Feb 06 2018 MichalMarek1@eaton.com
- OVA: Print a user-friendly message if ovftool is not available
* Tue Feb 06 2018 MichalMarek1@eaton.com
- OVA: Require ovftype="vmware"
* Mon Feb 05 2018 rjschwei@suse.com
- Expand consistency check for grub efi package to cover debian based
and RH distros
* Mon Feb 05 2018 ms@suse.de
- Bump version: 9.12.7 → 9.12.8
* Mon Feb 05 2018 ms@suse.de
- Exclude install source device from target list
* Mon Feb 05 2018 ms@suse.de
- Fixed kiwi-dump timing issue
The install code needs to wait in the pre-udev phase for
the device containing the installation data to become ready
before proceeding with the actual installation code.
* Mon Feb 05 2018 ms@suse.de
- Fixed dialog size of install confirmation dialog
The size was too small to show device names which causes a
line break to be displayed in the next line
* Mon Feb 05 2018 rjschwei@suse.com
- Fix style error
* Mon Feb 05 2018 rjschwei@suse.com
- Early exit if firmware is efi or uefi but the expected grub module is
not part of the package list
* Sun Feb 04 2018 ms@suse.de
- Cleanup misleading method name
* Sun Feb 04 2018 ms@suse.de
- Fixed coverage report setup
Latest version of the coverage module requires a report setup
* Sun Feb 04 2018 ms@suse.de
- Fixed target path name for gce format
get_target_name_for_format in case of the gce format does
not return a path spec which leads to an incomplete result
information for a later bundle command. This patch fixes
this. In a follow up pull request we will also update
the method name from the misleading get_target_name_for_format
function name to get_target_path_name_for_format
* Sat Feb 03 2018 cyberorg@cyberorg.info
- Use live-grub-stick
* Fri Feb 02 2018 dcassany@suse.com
- Fix packages file generation
This commit checks the %_dbpath value of the image rpm tool. This is
needed since recent rpm versions switched the default database path,
thus running rpm queries to different roots might lead to errors.
Fixes #605
* Thu Feb 01 2018 ms@suse.de
- Bump version: 9.12.6 → 9.12.7
* Thu Feb 01 2018 ms@suse.de
- Update per review by Tom
* Thu Feb 01 2018 ms@suse.de
- Update per review by David
* Wed Jan 31 2018 ms@suse.de
- Update per review by Tom
* Tue Jan 30 2018 ms@suse.de
- Added chapter for live-fat-stick deployment
With the support for the iso-scan feature in KIWI live
ISO image, also the ability to deploy file based on
FAT32 usb sticks via the live-fat-stick tool exists.
This chapter describes how to do it and Fixes #521
* Tue Jan 30 2018 ms@suse.de
- Update pre review by Tom
* Tue Jan 30 2018 ms@suse.de
- Update per review by Tom
* Tue Jan 30 2018 ms@suse.de
- Update per review by Tom
* Tue Jan 30 2018 dcassany@suse.com
- Remove vmdk metadata update procedure
This commit removes the method _update_vmdk_descriptor from
DiskFormatVmdk class. The code part causes vmdk format issues
in current up to date hipervisors such as VMWarePlayer 14 or
Virtualbox 5.2. Removing this code does not produce any failure,
at most can only imply loosing some features provided by open-vm-tools
package.
Fixes #591
* Tue Jan 30 2018 ms@suse.de
- Fixed use of profile variables in kiwi-dump module
The profile environment was not imported in the
dracut kiwi-dump module. Thus custom settings like
oem-unattended did not had an effect
* Tue Jan 30 2018 ms@suse.de
- Fixup docstrings in xml_state
* Tue Jan 30 2018 ms@suse.de
- Allow only one dracut variable for kiwi debugging
* Mon Jan 29 2018 ms@suse.de
- Bump version: 9.12.5 → 9.12.6
* Sat Jan 27 2018 ms@suse.de
- Fixed kiwi dracut config for the final system
Once the image has been deployed on the target and the
system is up and running some of the kiwi dracut modules
used for deployment are no longer needed and should not be
taken into account when another dracut call happens on the
system.
* Fri Jan 26 2018 MichalMarek1@eaton.com
- Add support for building OVA images
Implement support for format="ova" using VMware's ovftool. We use the
vmdk format as a basis and then just call ovftool to convert *.vmdk +
* .vmx to an OVA.
* Fri Jan 26 2018 ms@suse.de
- Update documentation
Update the documentation with regards to the move
from the plain kiwi initrd to the dracut initrd system.
This is related to Issue #576
* Fri Jan 26 2018 MichalMarek1@eaton.com
- flake8: Use a more conservative max-complexity setting
Set the default threshold to 12 and annotate the outliers with
"noqa: C901". Most of the cases are due to lack of switch statement in
python, but there are some worth titying up. Now we can grep for them
:).
* Fri Jan 26 2018 ms@suse.de
- Bump version: 9.12.4 → 9.12.5
* Fri Jan 26 2018 ms@suse.de
- Make sure there are no busy devices on reboot
If the dracut kiwi-repart module skips the repartition step
because the disk was already repartitioned it leaves devices
in busy state which leads to a rescue shell at the system
mount stage
* Thu Jan 25 2018 dcassany@suse.com
- uboot-setup-panda.tgz was readded by mistake as boot hooks are no longer needed
* Thu Jan 25 2018 dcassany@suse.com
- Adding opensuse ports repository
* Thu Jan 25 2018 ms@suse.de
- Bump version: 9.12.3 → 9.12.4
* Thu Jan 25 2018 ms@suse.de
- Don't lookup zImage symlink
Due to the workaround to lookup the gzip compressed variant
of a zImage to find its version, it's required to find the
full name of the zImage in order to rematch the gzip variant.
Looking at the zImage link will make this to fail because
there is no vmlinux link
* Thu Jan 25 2018 ms@suse.de
- Bump version: 9.12.2 → 9.12.3
* Thu Jan 25 2018 ms@suse.de
- Fixed kernel version check for zImage
kernels build as zImage contains the decompressor code
as part of the kernel image and could be therefore
compressed by any possible compression algorithm.
In this case we assume/hope that there is also a
standard gz compressed vmlinux version of the kernel
available and check this one instead of the zImage
variant. Fixes #587
* Thu Jan 25 2018 ms@suse.de
- Bump version: 9.12.1 → 9.12.2
* Wed Jan 24 2018 dcassany@suse.com
- Update the man pages
* Wed Jan 24 2018 ms@suse.de
- Fixed installation image builder
Use get_boot_names from BootImage instance to ask for
the name of the initrd instead of constructing this
information from static values. The name of the initrd
is different per distro and toolkit
* Wed Jan 24 2018 ms@suse.de
- Provide a get_boot_names method in boot classes
The naming schema for an initrd file name depends on the
boot image type as well as on the underlaying initrd
creation toolkit. In order to encapsulate that in a clear
interface the code to know about the correct names has
been moved into the classes which are responsible for
it and out of the builder/disk class
* Wed Jan 24 2018 rjschwei@suse.com
- Image name generation for GCE images
+ Fix the name generation for GCE images. The implementation assumed that
GCE images are of a type that use a kiwi generated initrd, looking for
image name components based on the boot attribute in the type element.
This assumption is not correct, use the name provided in the XML to
compose the image name.
* Wed Jan 24 2018 ms@suse.de
- Bump version: 9.12.0 → 9.12.1
* Wed Jan 24 2018 ms@suse.de
- Fixed dracut-kiwi-oem-dump requires setup
on rhel/fedora multipath is provided by device-mapper-multipath
* Tue Jan 23 2018 dcassany@suse.com
- Adding package_gpgcheck flag as an option for set-repo and add-repo
Fixes #565
* Tue Jan 23 2018 dcassany@suse.com
- Adding uboot-setup kiwi hooks
For some reason the uboot-setup-panda.tgz file did not get into
master branch, probably was not properly pushed in the former
include_build_tests_arm branch.
* Tue Jan 23 2018 davidcassany@gmail.com
- Fix build tests to match new locale setting strategy (#586)
* Mon Jan 22 2018 ms@suse.de
- Added timezone package to build tests
With the latest update on how kiwi handles the locales with
systemd-firstboot, only locales defined in timezone package can be
set, thus Europe/Berlin is not possible if timezone is not installed
* Mon Jan 22 2018 ms@suse.de
- Fixed build tests for azure and ec2
Packages yast2-storage and recode no longer provided
* Mon Jan 22 2018 ms@suse.de
- Bump version: 9.11.30 → 9.12.0
* Mon Jan 22 2018 ms@suse.de
- Update build test image descriptions
Update to latest schema by auto conversion and delete use
of oemboot kiwi code by switching to dracut
* Mon Jan 22 2018 ms@suse.de
- Fixed reading device node path
lsblk should be called with -p because it's a mistake
to assume any device lives below /dev. There could also
be subtree devices in /dev/mapper or /dev/disk/..
We leave it up to lsblk to provide us the correct
information
* Mon Jan 22 2018 ms@suse.de
- No need to actively stop the dialog service
* Mon Jan 22 2018 ms@suse.de
- Added required packages for dmraid and multipath
* Sat Jan 20 2018 ms@suse.de
- Added handling for dmraid and multipath devices
* Fri Jan 19 2018 dcassany@suse.com
- Adding iso-scan feature to kiwi-live dracut module
This commit adds the iso-scan scripts to kiwi-live module_setup
if the former files are found in the system inside the dmsquash-live
dracut module directory.
Fixes #574 and is related to #521
* Fri Jan 19 2018 ms@suse.de
- Fixed Arrays implicitly concatenate by shellcheck
* Thu Jan 18 2018 ms@suse.de
- Add support for net install in dracut kiwi-dump
This implementes one of the tasks from Issue #576
* Wed Jan 17 2018 ms@suse.de
- Added runtime check for dracut-kiwi-oem-dump
The installation of the above mentioned dracut module package
is required for oem images which uses dracut as initrd system
and have the creation of an installation image requested.
This is related to Issue #576
* Wed Jan 17 2018 ms@suse.de
- Update schema version in documentation
* Wed Jan 17 2018 ms@suse.de
- Auto update all schema descriptions to v6.8
* Wed Jan 17 2018 ms@suse.de
- Delete hwclock from profile and system setup
* Wed Jan 17 2018 ms@suse.de
- Delete hwclock section from schema
Deletes hwclock section from schema and provides xslt
style sheet for schema auto conversion from schema
version 6.7 to 6.8
* Tue Jan 16 2018 dcassany@suse.com
- Deprecate suseConfig method and remove hardware config method
This in this commit:
- the contents of the suseConfig method from kiwi/config/functions.sh
are replaced by a deprecated message.
- the setup_hardware_clock method from SystemSetup is removed as it is
not used anywere in the code.
* Tue Jan 16 2018 dcassany@suse.com
- Extend CommandCapabilities to also check version
* Tue Jan 16 2018 ms@suse.de
- Added dracut-kiwi-oem-dump subpackage to spec
* Tue Jan 16 2018 davidcassany@gmail.com
- Update locale settings (#579)
* Use systemd-firstboot in order config basic settings
This commit updates locale and keyboard settings in order to make
use of the systemd tools, as this will be the only valid method starting
from SLE15.
Fixes #577
* Added CommandCapabilities utils class
* Mon Jan 08 2018 ms@suse.de
- Bump version: 9.11.29 → 9.11.30
* Mon Jan 08 2018 ms@suse.de
- Deleted syslinux from ppc/oemboot/suse-SLES15
syslinux is not provided for ppc. This Fixes bsc#1073310
* Fri Dec 29 2017 martin.mohring@5eecosystems.com
[boot] fix double quote in grub menu which makes kernel updates for CentOS / RHEL / Fedora break grub.cfg
* Tue Dec 19 2017 dcassany@suse.com
- Omit kiwi-repart dracut module in oemboot initrd
KIWI's oemboot initrd with initrd_system="dracut" together with
installiso="true" requires to have dracut-kiwi-oem-repart package
installed in the system, thus it ends up also being included in the
recreated dracut initrd after booting the oemboot initrd from the
installation iso. This kiwi-repart module causes a boot failure in that
case since no .profile file is present, moreover, it has no sense to
run it at that stage, since the disk is already reparted by the
oemboot code.
This commit allows installiso="true" and initrd_system="dracut" to
play well together.
* Fri Dec 15 2017 dcassany@suse.com
- Improve locale pattern in schema
Now the locale pattern in the schema also supports POSIX. Note
that POSIX will be only accepted if listed in the first place of the comma
separated list.
This commit fixes #570
* Thu Dec 14 2017 ms@suse.de
- Bump version: 9.11.28 → 9.11.29
* Wed Dec 13 2017 ms@suse.de
- Allow to choose dracut live module
There is the standard dracut dmsquash-live module based on
the device mapper technology and the kiwi-live module based
on the overlayfs technology. The setup of the live iso structure
in kiwi is compatible to both modules. Thus it makes sense
to allow to choose the technology via the flags attribute
<type image="iso" ... flags="overlay|dmsquash"/>
Please note both modules supports a different set of live
features. This Fixes #568
* Tue Dec 12 2017 ms@suse.de
- Bump version: 9.11.27 → 9.11.28
* Thu Dec 07 2017 ms@suse.de
- Fixed ec2 and azure test builds
cryptconfig is no longer provided
* Wed Dec 06 2017 ms@suse.de
- Bump version: 9.11.26 → 9.11.27
* Wed Dec 06 2017 ms@suse.de
- Apply target permissions only if target dir exists
* Wed Dec 06 2017 ms@suse.de
- Bump version: 9.11.25 → 9.11.26
* Wed Dec 06 2017 ms@suse.de
- Fixed use of stat result in os.chmod
oct method returns a string representation which was mistakenly
used in a subsequent os.chmod call. This Fixes #564
* Wed Dec 06 2017 ms@suse.de
- Fixed tox doc target
Correctly include schema pictures after travis-sphinx build
* Wed Dec 06 2017 ms@suse.de
- Bump version: 9.11.24 → 9.11.25
* Tue Dec 05 2017 ms@suse.de
- Update failsafe kernel option list
Delete obsolete parameters and make sure a failsafe boot
does boot into runlevel 3. This Fixes #554
* Tue Dec 05 2017 ms@suse.de
- Apply xslt validation on boot images
* Tue Dec 05 2017 MichalMarek1@eaton.com
- Do not match comments and PIs in XSLT templates
I wanted to add a simple vim modeline to my XML description:
<!--
vim: et:sts=2:sw=2
-->
This made kiwi consume insane amounts of memory during the XSLT
transform step. While this may be a bug in my version of lxml, we do not
transform comments on processing instructions in the conversion
templates, so the easiest solution is not to match them.
Signed-off-by: Michal Marek <MichalMarek1@eaton.com>
* Mon Dec 04 2017 ms@suse.de
- Make sure toplevel target dir keeps permissions
When syncing data via rsync we make sure the toplevel target
directory the data gets synced to does not change it's origin
permissions. This Fixes #557
* Mon Dec 04 2017 ms@suse.de
- Rebuild schema documentation
* Mon Dec 04 2017 ms@suse.de
- Fixed dependencies for dracut-kiwi-lib
Adapt package names for gdisk/gptfdisk and btrfs-progs/btrfsprogs
Install and require fdasd only on s390 architecture
Delete fbiterm requirement since the project seems unmaintained
and the use of the framebuffer terminal is an option in the code
but not mandatory. This Fixes #559
* Fri Dec 01 2017 adrian@suse.de
- add missing deps for docker builds.
Moving kiwi-image:* provides to -requires package
* Wed Nov 29 2017 ms@suse.de
- Update text per review
* Wed Nov 29 2017 ms@suse.de
- Fix and cleanup tox setup
Along with the cleanup of the tox setup also the workaround
using an older version of the py module has been fixed
* Wed Nov 29 2017 ms@suse.de
- Fixed travis-sphinx call syntax
* Wed Nov 29 2017 ms@suse.de
- Update dropped feature list
Legacy kiwi's oem recovery feature will not be ported
due to technologes like ReaR, snapper, btrfs and due
to the container, cloud and public cloud orientation of
OS images
* Thu Nov 23 2017 ms@suse.de
- Implementation of dracut kiwi-dump module
Provide the capabilities of the oem install code as
dracut module. The implementation covers the result
of the installiso="true" configuration. Installation
from remote sources still needs to be done and will
follow in an extra pull request. This addresses
Issue #576
* Thu Nov 23 2017 ms@suse.de
- Bump version: 9.11.23 → 9.11.24
* Thu Nov 23 2017 ms@suse.de
- Fixed URL to semver.org in development guide
* Thu Nov 23 2017 ms@suse.de
- Bump version: 9.11.22 → 9.11.23
* Thu Nov 23 2017 ms@suse.de
- Fixed module setup for dracut-kiwi-lib
lsblk tool used in code but missing in dependencies
* Thu Nov 23 2017 ms@suse.de
- Fixed test-image-azure build test
azurectl does not resolve because of missing AppScheduler
but for the integration test image we also don't need azurectl
Thus it was just deleted from the list
* Thu Nov 23 2017 ms@suse.de
- Fixed test-image-azure build test
pam-modules package doesn't exist anymore
* Wed Nov 22 2017 ms@suse.de
- Bump version: 9.11.21 → 9.11.22
* Wed Nov 22 2017 ms@suse.de
- Fixed typo in spec file
The use of the suse_version macro from the last change
introduced a syntax error which caused the package build
to fail in obs
* Wed Nov 22 2017 ms@suse.de
- Bump version: 9.11.20 → 9.11.21
* Tue Nov 21 2017 dimstar@opensuse.org
- package: Prepare for Tumbleweed moving to suse_version 1550
* Tue Nov 21 2017 ms@suse.de
- Bump version: 9.11.19 → 9.11.20
* Tue Nov 21 2017 ms@suse.de
- Only add package manager on image package requests (#550)
If an image description only contains package requests
from a bootstrap section but no image packages, it's not
required to install a package manager package into the
system
* Tue Nov 21 2017 ms@suse.de
- Add device-mapper requirement for dracut-kiwi-live
* Mon Nov 20 2017 dcassany@suse.com
- Post build constraint validation refactored
* Mon Nov 20 2017 ms@suse.de
- Bump version: 9.11.18 → 9.11.19
* Mon Nov 20 2017 ms@suse.de
- Update gfxboot.cfg for iso images
Don't move down one menu entry the first time a F-key is used
This Fixes bsc#1068790
* Fri Nov 17 2017 dcassany@suse.com
- Adding quotes to ensure '%_dbpath' is treated as string
* Fri Nov 17 2017 dcassany@suse.com
- Add max size post build command
This commit includes a post build constraint validation into the
Result class. With this commit any file included to the result
tuple is verified not to exceed the maximum size configured into
the runtime configuration file config.yml.
Fixes #468
* Fri Nov 17 2017 ms@suse.de
- Fixed ec2 integration test
requirements for unneeded crash package broken
* Fri Nov 17 2017 ms@suse.de
- Fixed ec2 integration test
nothing provides pam-modules
* Thu Nov 16 2017 dcassany@suse.com
- Removes the hardcoded path of the rpm database
With this commit the rpmdb path is evaluated from the %_dbpath
macro instead of being hardcoded.
Fixes #537
* Thu Nov 16 2017 ms@suse.de
- Bump version: 9.11.17 → 9.11.18
* Wed Nov 15 2017 ms@suse.de
- Added runtime check for dracut-kiwi-oem-repart
OEM images if configured to use dracut as initrd system
requires the KIWI provided dracut-kiwi-oem-repart module
* Wed Nov 15 2017 ms@suse.de
- Fixup py vs. pytest-cov version incompatibility
* Wed Nov 08 2017 ms@suse.de
- Bump version: 9.11.16 → 9.11.17
* Wed Nov 08 2017 ms@suse.de
- Delete atftp from SLE15 boot descriptions
atftp will not be part of SLE15 per fate#323633.
This Fixes #543
* Tue Nov 07 2017 ms@suse.de
- Fixed blocksize setup in losetup
The -L option was used to set the blocksize value for losetup
However there is an option name clash between suse util-linux
and upstream which now leads to the problem that option -L
has changed its meaning and actually means --nooverlap which
completely breaks the call in kiwi. This patch changes the
call to use the long form --logical-blocksize.
This Fixes bsc#1066873
* Tue Nov 07 2017 dcassany@suse.com
- Code cleaning and enhancing variables names
* Tue Nov 07 2017 dcassany@suse.com
- Use usr/lib/rpm if present instead of var/lib/rpm
With this commit OEM recovery tries to backup usr/lib/rpm if present,
if the directory is not present it tries to backup the old default
configuration, var/lib/rpm.
* Mon Nov 06 2017 ms@suse.de
- Extend checkmedia runtime check
In addition to the correct architecture the check also includes
the lookup of the required tagmedia tool to be present on the
building host. This Fixes #538
* Mon Nov 06 2017 dcassany@suse.com
- Remove hardcoded any /var/lib/rpm path
This commit changes any /var/lib/rpm reference to the call
'rpm -E %_dbpath' which returns the path of the rpmdb which
has been recently updated to a different location in recent rpm
versions. Now the rpmdb path is determined dynamically.
Fixes #537
* Fri Nov 03 2017 dcassany@suse.com
- Adding a s390 oem test image
* Fri Nov 03 2017 dcassany@suse.com
- kiwi-hooks should be packed in tar
Remote OBS source service is no capable of packaing a folder into a tar.
* Fri Nov 03 2017 dcassany@suse.com
- Include arm build test
* Fri Nov 03 2017 davidcassany@gmail.com
- Adding test image descriptions
This commit adds the image descriptions used to test KIWI within
the Open Build Service.
* Thu Nov 02 2017 ms@suse.de
- Add support for apt repository priorities
Apt handles repository priorities in a preferences
file per repository and calls that pin-priorities.
The implementation here sets the configured priority
for all packages of the given repository
* Tue Oct 31 2017 Jellyfrog@users.noreply.github.com
- Add missing hooks to the other architectures
* Tue Oct 31 2017 Jellyfrog@users.noreply.github.com
- Add pre/post mount hook for oem
* Tue Oct 31 2017 Jellyfrog@users.noreply.github.com
- Clarify how strip works
* Mon Oct 30 2017 Jellyfrog@users.noreply.github.com
- Add more OEM hooks
* Wed Oct 25 2017 ryan@desfo.org
- updated contributing link
* Wed Oct 25 2017 ryan@desfo.org
- s/42.1/42.3/
* Wed Oct 25 2017 ms@suse.de
- Bump version: 9.11.15 → 9.11.16
* Wed Oct 25 2017 ms@suse.de
- Fixed validation of isohybrid warnings
The list of warning messages is evaluated line by line
and those not matching the ignore warnings list are treated
as errors. However if an empty line exists it did not match
the ignore warnings list but is also not an error. This
patch makes sure only non empty warning information has
an effect
* Wed Oct 25 2017 ms@suse.de
- Bump version: 9.11.14 → 9.11.15
* Wed Oct 25 2017 ms@suse.de
- Do not require cracklib-dict-full in boot images
* Tue Oct 24 2017 ms@suse.de
- Bump version: 9.11.13 → 9.11.14
* Tue Oct 24 2017 ms@suse.de
- Cleanup SLE12 boot image descriptions
* Tue Oct 24 2017 ms@suse.de
- Bump version: 9.11.12 → 9.11.13
* Tue Oct 24 2017 ms@suse.de
- Cleanup SLE boot image descriptions
Don't use packages which does not exist on SLE, Fixes #523
* Mon Oct 23 2017 dcassany@suse.com
- Improve coding style to make flake8 happy
This commit includes the exact Exception class that the 'except' statement
catches. According to the new flake8 3.5.0 version it should be explicit
rather than implicit.
* Mon Oct 23 2017 dcassany@suse.com
- Add OCI reference in skopeo copy call and umoci config call
Skopeo, since v1.24, does no longer assume 'latest' as the default
tag/reference and requires explicit tag or reference in skopeo
call. In KIWI the default was only used to import the base rootfs,
with this commit the imported container is tagged as 'base_layer'.
The current patch works for all skopeo versions.
* Thu Oct 19 2017 Jellyfrog@users.noreply.github.com
- Update hooks documentation
* Thu Oct 19 2017 ms@suse.de
- Bump version: 9.11.11 → 9.11.12
* Thu Oct 19 2017 Jellyfrog@users.noreply.github.com
- Add more hooks for oemboot
This follows netboot behavior
* Wed Oct 18 2017 dcassany@suse.com
- Fix vmdk descriptor file
This commit fixes the descriptor file of the vmdk images. Before this
commit the descriptior file was appended at the end of the image
instead of overwritting the current one at the very beginning.
Fixes bsc#1050665
* Wed Oct 18 2017 ms@suse.de
- Bump version: 9.11.10 → 9.11.11
* Wed Oct 18 2017 ms@suse.de
- Follow up fix for isohybrid error handling
Allow to handle multiple messages from isohybrid as warnings.
Only if the list of messages still contains information after all
non error conditions had been checked out, an exception is
thrown
* Mon Oct 16 2017 ms@suse.de
- Bump version: 9.11.9 → 9.11.10
* Mon Oct 16 2017 ms@suse.de
- Cleanup boot descriptions
The still existing kiwi boot descriptions contained wrong
information about no longer existing packages and many
other obsolete information.
* Fri Oct 13 2017 ms@suse.de
- Bump version: 9.11.8 → 9.11.9
* Fri Oct 13 2017 ms@suse.de
- Prefer image packages section for bootincludes
If a package is marked bootinclude prefer <packages type="image">
section in the target XML as primary target and only if no such
section exists put the package in the <packages type="bootstrap">
section
* Fri Oct 13 2017 ms@suse.de
- Keep NVMe drivers in the initrd
Support systems with the root filesystem on a NVMe device
* Fri Sep 29 2017 ms@suse.de
- Bump version: 9.11.7 → 9.11.8
* Fri Sep 29 2017 dimstar@opensuse.org
- Changed permissions of /srv/tftpboot to be readable (bsc#940608)
* Thu Sep 28 2017 ms@suse.de
- Bump version: 9.11.6 → 9.11.7
* Thu Sep 28 2017 ms@suse.de
- Also handle multiple error conditions
* Thu Sep 28 2017 ms@suse.de
- Allow to ignore certain isohybrid warnings
kiwi treates warning from isohybrid as fatal errors becuase in
most cases they are fatal. However some of them are kind of
historical and should be ignored like the one described here:
http://www.syslinux.org/archives/2015-March/023306.html
* Wed Sep 27 2017 ms@suse.de
- Bump version: 9.11.5 → 9.11.6
* Wed Sep 27 2017 ms@suse.de
- Make sure xz options are used with pxe tarball
The tar command used in the pxe builder did not utilize threading
and/or the xz options provided by an optional kiwi config file.
This Fixes #507
* Wed Sep 27 2017 ms@suse.de
- Move depmod into baseUpdateModuleDependencies
Kernel module dependencies should be resolved after kiwi has
called all the stripping functions and not as part of the
baseCreateCommonKernelFile which runs before.
This Fixes #508
* Tue Sep 26 2017 ms@suse.de
- Fixed order of volume mount list
re-order mount_list by mountpoint hierarchy. This is needed
because the handling of the fullsize volume and all other
volumes is outside of the canonical order. If the fullsize
volume forms a nested structure together with another
volume the volume mount list must be re-ordered to avoid
mounting the volumes in the wrong order
* Mon Sep 25 2017 Jellyfrog@users.noreply.github.com
- Update issue template
* Fri Sep 22 2017 ms@suse.de
- Bump version: 9.11.4 → 9.11.5
* Fri Sep 22 2017 ms@suse.de
- Rebuild schema documentation
* Thu Sep 21 2017 ms@suse.de
- Show results in a dialog
* Wed Sep 20 2017 ms@suse.de
- Improve display of runMediaCheck results
The splash screen should be switched off in order to let the
user see the mediacheck results as well as a delay timeout
before the boot continues or stops is useful
* Wed Sep 20 2017 ms@suse.de
- Call plymouth default theme setup in build command
Make sure plymouth-set-default-theme is called as part
of the system build command and not only as part of the
system prepare command
* Tue Sep 19 2017 ms@suse.de
- Fixed package requires for dracut-kiwi-live
On Fedora/RHEL cdrkit is only a source package building other
packages. The package dracut-kiwi-live really needs is
genisoimage
* Tue Sep 19 2017 ms@suse.de
- Added dracut kiwi oem module and library
A new dracut module kiwi-repart used to be the successor of
the custom kiwi oemboot code to repartition the disk has
been added. Along with the module a dracut library kiwi-lib
will also be delivered.
* Mon Sep 18 2017 ms@suse.de
- Fix trailing pipe character in .packages file
In addition make sure the field layout is consistent across
the .packages files no matter which package manager was used
to create the information. This Fixes #501
* Fri Sep 15 2017 ms@suse.de
- Bump version: 9.11.3 → 9.11.4
* Fri Sep 15 2017 ms@suse.de
- Update documentation
Link to the obs overview page to show build test results
* Fri Sep 15 2017 ms@suse.de
- Added Fedora integration test build to obs status
* Fri Sep 15 2017 dcassany@suse.com
- Limit the characters set for volid attribute
This commit fixes #493
* Thu Sep 14 2017 ms@suse.de
- Revert "Fixed package requires"
This reverts commit a8d50a593911725965e09b0e8c2f3b9bc742202b.
* Thu Sep 14 2017 ms@suse.de
- Fixed package requires
On Fedora xattr is provided by python[3]-pyxattr
* Thu Sep 14 2017 ms@suse.de
- kiwi-boot-requires only required for suse(obs)
* Thu Sep 14 2017 ms@suse.de
- Update project intro page
* Thu Sep 14 2017 ms@suse.de
- Update project intro layout
* Thu Sep 14 2017 ms@suse.de
- Update project intro page
* Wed Sep 13 2017 ms@suse.de
- Bump version: 9.11.2 → 9.11.3
* Tue Sep 12 2017 ms@suse.de
- Added disk format="vhdx" support
Support dynamic VHDX (gen2) image format for Hyper-V.
This Fixes #490
* Tue Sep 12 2017 ms@suse.de
- Added additional required attr schematron rule
The new rule allows to check for required attributes for a specific
image type and is used for the filesystem attribute which is required
for the image type oem, vmx and pxe. This Fixes #476
* Mon Sep 11 2017 ms@suse.de
- Bump version: 9.11.1 → 9.11.2
* Mon Sep 11 2017 ms@suse.de
- Rebuild online schema documentation
* Mon Sep 11 2017 ms@suse.de
- Bump version: 9.11.0 → 9.11.1
* Mon Sep 11 2017 ms@suse.de
- Fixed kernelList function
The kernelList function searches for the installed kernels
and applies the corresponding initrd name. The information the
method provides is used in case of a custom initrd which should
be used instead of the result of dracut. When requesting the use
of the kiwi firsboot initrd also in the system via the
<oem-kiwi-initrd> element, the information from the list is
used to correctly link the kiwi initrd named initrd.vmx to the
expected name of the system as dracut would create it. The
creation of the list was broken which lead to an empty list
and the after effect that the system was not able to reboot.
This Fixes #483
* Mon Sep 11 2017 ms@suse.de
- Update oemboot/rhel-07.0 due to isolinux changes
With the move of the isolinux setup operation into the
python code and the deletion of the old code from the
images.sh scripts it's required to keep syslinux in the
boot image otherwise the builder can't find it when
explicitly deleted before the isolinux setup
* Mon Sep 11 2017 ms@suse.de
- Update device node names for devmapper nodes
Partition devices created by the device mapper could
use the _part or the -part naming schema. This patch
allows for both variants and Fixes #480
* Mon Sep 11 2017 ms@suse.de
- Added e2fsprogs to s390/netboot
During bootup of a diskful netclient when it comes to e2
filesystem operations the tools were missing. Fixes #479
* Fri Sep 08 2017 dcassany@suse.com
- Rename source label
This commit renames the source label to a more explicit name. This
commit also relates to bsc#1055542 and fixes #473
* Fri Sep 08 2017 ms@suse.de
- Add mediacheck handler for live iso
This fixes bsc#1049304
* Thu Sep 07 2017 ms@suse.de
- Added live iso integration test build to obs status
* Thu Sep 07 2017 ms@suse.de
- Bump version: 9.10.6 → 9.11.0
* Thu Sep 07 2017 ms@suse.de
- Delete atftp from boot descriptions
In SLE15 / Leap15 atftp has been dropped. This Fixes bsc#1056951
* Thu Sep 07 2017 ms@suse.de
- Deleted Leap 42.1 JeOS
Leap 42.3 has been released
* Thu Sep 07 2017 ms@suse.de
- Fixed list of gfxboot modules
Bad bug, missing comma caused the list to be interpreted
differently by python which screwed up some list items
* Thu Sep 07 2017 ms@suse.de
- Delete obsolete suseGFXBoot kiwi boot code
The code has been moved into the python source at
bootloader/config/isolinux.py
* Wed Sep 06 2017 ms@suse.de
- Delete vmxboot descriptions
vmx boot is now fully integrated with dracut
* Wed Sep 06 2017 ms@suse.de
- Make get_initrd_system a state method
Make sure the default initrd_system is set to dracut
for the vmx image type and to kiwi if no initrd_system
is specified. This allows to simplify other code parts
as we can trust there is a value set
* Wed Sep 06 2017 ms@suse.de
- Update schematron rules for boot and initrd_system
The boot and initrd_system attributes are no longer used by
the vmx image type and are therefore not allowed anymore.
* Wed Sep 06 2017 ms@suse.de
- Added runtime checks for overlay disk images
Checking if the dracut-kiwi-overlay package will be installed
as part of the build and also for the supported EFI setup
since the EFI secure boot setup would try to perform changes
on the filesystem which is a readonly squashfs, this is not
supported
* Tue Sep 05 2017 ms@suse.de
- Fix isohybrid call
isohybrid errors printed on stderr were not treated as fatal
but should be treated as such. In addition isohybrid should
distinguish for efi setup according to the efi setup of the
image itself
* Tue Sep 05 2017 dcassany@suse.com
- Refactor _get_source and _get_source_label methods
* Tue Sep 05 2017 ms@suse.de
- Support overlay disk images via dracut
Using the kiwi-overlay module to boot up systems configured
with the overlayroot="true" attribute in the system image
XML configuration. Fixes #65
* Tue Sep 05 2017 ms@suse.de
- Added kiwi-overlay dracut module and package
Package dracut-kiwi-overlay providing kiwi-overlay dracut module
* Mon Sep 04 2017 ms@suse.de
- update README
Use normal style dash character
* Mon Sep 04 2017 ms@suse.de
- update README
* Sun Sep 03 2017 ms@suse.de
- Delete isoboot descriptions
Live ISO boot is now fully integrated with dracut
* Sun Sep 03 2017 ms@suse.de
- Added runtime check for dracut module on live iso
Live ISO images uses a dracut initrd to boot and requires
the KIWI provided kiwi-live dracut module to be installed
at the time dracut is called. Thus this runtime check
examines if the required package is part of the package
list in the image description
* Fri Sep 01 2017 dcassany@suse.com
- Include the source label in container images
This commit fixes bsc#1055542, it includes the DISTURL parameter
as a label into the container metadata when the build happens inside
the buildservice. The new label included is named:
* org.opencontainers.image.source
in line with the current OCI annotations schema.
* Fri Aug 25 2017 ms@suse.de
- Added kiwi-live dracut module and package
Package dracut-kiwi-live providing kiwi-live dracut module
* Wed Aug 23 2017 ms@suse.de
- Update schematron rule for boot attribute
The boot attribute is no longer used by the iso image type
and is therefore not allowed anymore
* Wed Aug 23 2017 ms@suse.de
- Update allowed values for iso image attribute
With the move to dracut only the options implemented for
the kiwi-live dracut module are available
* Tue Aug 22 2017 ms@suse.de
- Move to dracut for live ISO images
Instead of the kiwi isoboot layout the live layout has been
changed to follow the rules of the live system support offered
by dracut. The initrd used to boot up the system is now a
dracut generated initrd and can be customized via the 'flags'
attribute in the kiwi XML description. In order to meet the
kiwi live requirements a custom dracut module called kiwi-live
is provided along with the changes in kiwi. This Fixes #470
* Tue Aug 22 2017 ms@suse.de
- Bump version: 9.10.5 → 9.10.6
* Mon Aug 21 2017 ms@suse.de
- Added boot descriptions for SLE15 on ppc
* Mon Aug 21 2017 ms@suse.de
- Added boot descriptions for SLE15 on s390
* Mon Aug 21 2017 ms@suse.de
- Bump version: 9.10.4 → 9.10.5
* Fri Aug 11 2017 ms@suse.de
- Added handling of formatoptions attribute
Custom disk format options passed in the formatoptions
attribute were not handled. In addition options with a
value passed to qemu were handled in the wrong way.
This commit addresses both problems and Fixes #463
* Fri Aug 11 2017 ludwig.nussel@suse.de
- s/sles/openSUSE/
* Fri Aug 11 2017 ludwig.nussel@suse.de
- copy SLE15 files for Leap 15
* Fri Aug 11 2017 ludwig.nussel@suse.de
- add Leap 15 macros
* Fri Aug 11 2017 ludwig.nussel@suse.de
- leap_version is deprecated. use sle_version+is_openuse instead
* Thu Aug 10 2017 ms@suse.de
- Added azure integration test build to obs status
* Wed Aug 09 2017 ms@suse.de
- Bump version: 9.10.3 → 9.10.4
* Wed Aug 09 2017 ms@suse.de
- Fixed resize if all free volume in oemboot/repart
* Wed Aug 09 2017 ms@suse.de
- Fix space calculation for lvm volumes
It is required to take the other configured volumes into
account in order to solve the problem of nested volumes.
The size of e.g the root volume must be reduced by the size
other volumes inside of the root volume needs. This is
especially required if the root volume is not the fullsize
volume
* Tue Aug 08 2017 ms@suse.de
- Fixed setup.py requirements record
PyYAML is required by KIWI
* Fri Aug 04 2017 ms@suse.de
- Add description of Overlay Files to Terminology
* Thu Aug 03 2017 ms@suse.de
- Bump version: 9.10.2 → 9.10.3
* Wed Aug 02 2017 dcassany@suse.com
- Export *.verified also for images based on apt-get
This commit includes support in system/setup.py to run a package
verification also for images based in apt-get package-manger
Related to #457
* Wed Aug 02 2017 dcassany@suse.com
- Include .packages file for apt-get based images
This commit renames export_rpm_packages_list method to
export_packages_list and it includes support for listing
debian packages if apt-get package manager is used.
Fixes #457
* Wed Aug 02 2017 ms@suse.de
- Fix calculation of needed disk space for oem types
The calculation did not include the minimum volume requirements
if a volume setup exists
* Tue Aug 01 2017 ms@suse.de
- Update expected compatible major version
every version of umoci/skopeo <= major v1.x.x is expected
to work with the implementation used in kiwi
* Tue Aug 01 2017 ms@suse.de
- Extend scope of check_docker_tool_chain_installed
The runtime check only checks for the presence of the docker
tools umoci and skopeo but as we are expecting incompatible
api changes in the next major version release the check has
been extended to look at the major versions of the installed
tools as well. Fixes #454
* Fri Jul 28 2017 ms@suse.de
- Fixup schema version in chapter topic
* Fri Jul 28 2017 ms@suse.de
- Bump version: 9.10.1 → 9.10.2
* Thu Jul 27 2017 ms@suse.de
- Fixup XSL stylesheet v6.7
Apply templates matching all processing instructions in
order to match <section>text</section>
* Thu Jul 27 2017 ms@suse.de
- Rebuild schema documentation
* Thu Jul 27 2017 dcassany@suse.com
- Remove xml_state.get_build_type_mediacheck method
The method was not needed since a direct call to
xml_state.build_type.get_mediacheck was already producing an
equivalent output (True, False or None), where 'None' can be
easily treated in the same way as False.
* Thu Jul 27 2017 dcassany@suse.com
- Add runtimecheck for mediacheck attribute on non x86 hosts
This commit rearranges some method and variable names and includes
a new runtimecheck to ensure the mediacheck attribute is not set
when building non x86 images.
Patch related to bsc#1049304
* Thu Jul 27 2017 ms@suse.de
- Auto update image descriptions to schema v6.7
* Thu Jul 27 2017 ms@suse.de
- Update schema to version v6.7
Cleanup of the schema, delete obsolete and unused attributes
and sections. Details of the change can be found in the
conversion stylesheet convert66to67.xsl
* Thu Jul 27 2017 ms@suse.de
- Add XSL stylesheet to convert from v6.6 to v6.7
Delete the following obsolete and unhandled attributes and sections
* <image ... kiwirevision="..."/>
* <type ... checkprebuilt="..."/>
* <type ... fsnocheck="..."/>
* <repository ... status="..."/>
* <repository ... prefer-license="..."/>
* <package replaces="..."/>
* <defaultprebuilt>
* <defaultdestination>
* <defaultroot>
* <partitioner>
* <rpm-force>
* Wed Jul 26 2017 dcassany@suse.com
- Adding mediacheck menu entry for liveCDs
This commit adds the checkiso attribute in type tag, only available for
iso image types. Checkiso is boolean that determines the presence of0
a Mediacheck menu entry or not in the bootloader.
This patch is related to bsc#1049304
* Tue Jul 25 2017 ms@suse.de
- Fixup encoding handling for profile file
If an element like displayname or oem-boot-title contains
characters outside of the ascii table this causes trouble
when kiwi writes out the profile file and the code is called
through python2. The reason here is that the default encoding
on write() (and other methods) is set to ascii in python2
and when it receives unicode characters outside of the
ascii spec a UnicodeEncodeError is thrown. Now all of kiwi
is using Unicode which means this does not produce a problem
when calling the code through python3 because the default
encoding is utf-8 there. This patch introduces a method
which allows to change python's default encoding and calls
it at the code point where we write the profile because we
got unicode and we want to write unicode in any case.
This fixes at least one situation for python2-kiwi to
allow the use of non ascii characters in the XML setup.
If other places will be found the same approach should allow
to fix it for python2
* Tue Jul 25 2017 Jellyfrog@users.noreply.github.com
- Fix RHEL spec check
* Tue Jul 25 2017 ms@suse.de
- Bump version: 9.10.0 → 9.10.1
* Tue Jul 25 2017 ms@suse.de
- Add LVM overhead for lvm based images
LVM itself requires metadata stored in the metadata block
kiwi did not take a size value for this data into account
* Tue Jul 25 2017 ms@suse.de
- Use dmsetup to cleanup device maps
Instead of the broken kpartx -d we use dmsetup remove
directly on the maps kiwi has created
* Mon Jul 24 2017 ms@suse.de
- Evaluate file strip before kernel strip
Information from the optional <strip type="delete"> section
was handled as part of the suseStripInitrd method which is
called after suseStripKernel. However if a request to delete
a driver file is part of the above mentioned strip section
the checks for the driver dependency and also for potential
superfluous firmware is not applied. Thus the evaluation of
the <strip type="delete"> section happens earlier in the
suseStripKernel method. Fixes #442
* Mon Jul 24 2017 ms@suse.de
- Added ec2 integration test build to obs status
* Mon Jul 24 2017 ms@suse.de
- Added Xen setup runtime validation
Added check_xen_uniquely_setup_as_server_or_guest runtime
check to check for a unique dom0 or domU guest setup
Fixes #429
* Mon Jul 24 2017 ms@suse.de
- Rebuild schema documentation
* Mon Jul 24 2017 ms@suse.de
- Make vmdisk optional for the machine setup
The guest machine information might not require information about
the disk. Issue #429
* Fri Jul 21 2017 Jellyfrog@users.noreply.github.com
- Fix some spelling
* Fri Jul 21 2017 Jellyfrog@users.noreply.github.com
- Fix some spelling
* Fri Jul 21 2017 ms@suse.de
- Use the same option type (long form) for clarity
* Thu Jul 20 2017 ms@suse.de
- Use kernel compatible XZ options for kiwi initrd
The kernel requires specific XZ options for the initrd
in order to read the compressed data. This values should
not be configurable by the user and are set to the same
options as used by dracut now. Fixes #435
* Thu Jul 20 2017 ms@suse.de
- Change default XZ compression options
Use all cpu cores by default. Fixes #433
* Thu Jul 20 2017 ms@suse.de
- Update spec file provides for schema version
* Thu Jul 20 2017 ms@suse.de
- Bump version: 9.9.5 → 9.10.0
* Thu Jul 20 2017 martin.mohring@5eecosystems.com
- fixed: fdupes is also available on Fedora
* Thu Jul 20 2017 martin.mohring@5eecosystems.com
- changed: simplify diff to orig spec file template
* Thu Jul 20 2017 martin.mohring@5eecosystems.com
- added: support for Fedora 25 / 26, fixed support for CentOS 7 in the spec file
* Thu Jul 20 2017 dcassany@suse.com
- Include default container name
This commit includes a default container name for KIWI container
images. This makes possible to create OCI and Docker containers
without forcing the user to include a <contaierconfig> section in
the description file.
* Thu Jul 20 2017 ms@suse.de
- Refactor code which deals with Xen
Provide two methods is_xen_guest and is_xen_server which
are used instead of the former machine domain and firmware
processing. Issue #429
* Thu Jul 20 2017 ms@suse.de
- Apply schema v6.6 stylesheet to XML descriptions
Updates all XML descriptions to latest schema version and
also includes adaptions to the test XML descriptions for
testing the new Xen guest and server setup
* Wed Jul 19 2017 ms@suse.de
- Fixup shell test condition
Variables used in shell conditions should be quoted
* Wed Jul 19 2017 ms@suse.de
- Update schema to version 6.6
* Deleted domain attribute from machine section
* Added xen_server attribute to specify a type to be a Xen dom0
* Added xen_loader attribute in machine section to specify the
target guest loader this image is expected to become loaded
with
* Wed Jul 19 2017 ms@suse.de
- Added schema 6.5 to 6.6 conversion
Delete the Xen domain attribute from the machine section and
introduce a new xen_server attribute which is set to true
for any machine section with a Xen dom0 configuration
* Tue Jul 18 2017 ms@suse.de
- Added Makefile target obs_test_status
Call make obs_test_status and get an overview about the current
integration test builds and their status
* Tue Jul 18 2017 ms@suse.de
- Bump version: 9.9.4 → 9.9.5
* Tue Jul 18 2017 ms@suse.de
- Added s390 tumbleweed boot descriptions
* Mon Jul 17 2017 ms@suse.de
- Bump version: 9.9.3 → 9.9.4
* Mon Jul 17 2017 dcassany@suse.com
- This commit fixed root_init when running inside the buildservice
This commit fixes regression bug introduced in #422
* Mon Jul 17 2017 dcassany@suse.com
- Exclude kiwi files from images
This commit from one hand includes a
get_exclude_list_for_root_data_sync method in Defaults which returns
a list of the files used by KIWI that should not be part of the
resulting image. From the other hand makes use of the exclusion
default list in live, archive and container images, it fixes #423.
* Mon Jul 17 2017 ms@suse.de
- Bump version: 9.9.2 → 9.9.3
* Mon Jul 17 2017 dcassany@suse.com
- Revert "Include .buildenv file inside the buildroot"
This reverts commit d30bf4a19ff11f7132c9a31528ddfa103e01b299.
This also includes the get_buildservice_env_name method in Defaults
to centralize '.buildenv' occurrences.
* Mon Jul 17 2017 ms@suse.de
- Fixup helper/kiwi-boot-packages
Make sure the code also works in python2
* Mon Jul 17 2017 ms@suse.de
- Search for python interpreter in path
Allow more flexible path spec to find python interpreter
* Fri Jul 14 2017 ms@suse.de
- More comfort in calling with compat arguments
In addition to the 'kiwi --compat -- ...' style we also support calling
the kiwi compat mode as a service via 'kiwi compat ...' The preferred
way of calling kiwi with legacy options is via the new compat service.
Thus the documentation also changed to no longer mention the --compat
option but it still exists for compatibility reasons. Fixes #407
* Fri Jul 14 2017 ms@suse.de
- Allow use of more fine grain ignore repos options
The meaning of the --ignore-repos option has changed back
to ignore all configured repositories. A new option
named --ignore-repos-used-for-build has been added which
allows to ignore all except imageonly repositories. The
command manual pages has been changed to document the
options. This Fixes #410
* Fri Jul 14 2017 ms@suse.de
- Cleanup use of python interpreter invocation
Prevent strict call of a specific version of the python
interpreter. All code has been written to work with py2
and py3 thus the venv environment setup should decide
what version a call of python is. Fixes #424
* Thu Jul 13 2017 dcassany@suse.com
- Make sure the KIWI buildroot has the /.buildenv file
This commit makes sure the that the KIWI build root will always
contain the /.buildenv file.
Fixes #421
* Thu Jul 13 2017 dcassany@suse.com
- Include .buildenv file inside the buildroot
With this patch if KIWI is running inside the buildservice the
/.buildenv file is copied from the build environment to the build
root of KIWI. At installation time some packages test the existance
of this file in order to know if they are being installed inside the
buildservice or not.
Fixes #421
* Tue Jul 11 2017 davidcassany@gmail.com
- Fix url validation in buildservice (#420)
This patch changes the remote URL validation strategy when running
inside the build service. By design, inside the build service build
environment connections to the outside world are not allowed, thus
any validation attempting to do that will fail. With this patch, when
running inside the build service, KIWI will not try to test if any
download URL is reachable.
Fixes #418
* Mon Jul 10 2017 ms@suse.de
- Bump version: 9.9.1 → 9.9.2
* Mon Jul 10 2017 ms@suse.de
- Refactor Uri is_public method
Don't call a nested is_remote from is_public, instead the method
was rewritten to explicitly cover the responsibility to check
under which conditions we treat an uri as publicly available
or not
* Sun Jul 09 2017 ms@suse.de
- Fixed Uri is_remote method
If called inside of the buildservice the obs uri type is not
a remote uri because the translation ends in a local path
* Fri Jul 07 2017 ms@suse.de
- Bump version: 9.9.0 → 9.9.1
* Fri Jul 07 2017 ms@suse.de
- Fixup setup and package requirements
python requests is needed due to latest changes
* Fri Jul 07 2017 ms@suse.de
- Bump version: 9.8.1 → 9.9.0
* Fri Jul 07 2017 ms@suse.de
- Update doc string for Uri::translate method
The method was missing doc info about the check_build_environment
parameter and the return type of the method
* Fri Jul 07 2017 ms@suse.de
- Delete obsolete --obs-repo-internal switch
* Fri Jul 07 2017 ms@suse.de
- Create obs project download link like obs does it
In reference to _download_repository_link.html.erb from
https://github.com/openSUSE/open-build-service, we use the
same mechanism to create the download link from an obs://
project definition
* Thu Jul 06 2017 ms@suse.de
- Fixup unit test for help command
* Thu Jul 06 2017 ms@suse.de
- Follow up fix for man page move
make sure kiwi calls the man page from the now changed
section level 8
* Wed Jul 05 2017 ngompa@datto.com
- Move man pages to correct section
The man pages were incorrectly written to section 2, which is for
syscalls. Since KIWI is an administrator's tool, it has been moved
to section 8.
* Wed Jul 05 2017 dcassany@suse.com
- Make sure system image strip sections are applied in boot image
This commit calls copy_strip_sections from the system image xml to the
boot image xml. This is needed to make sure strip sections are
applied into the boot image.
Fixes #414
* Tue Jul 04 2017 ms@suse.de
- Refactor handling of obs repositories
* Delete kiwi internal ibs: and suse: types
* Delete handling for --obs-repo-internal and provide a
compatibility message to the user
* Buildservice download server url and scope can be configured
via ~/.config/kiwi/config.yml
* Translate obs urls to http in import_repositories_marked_as_imageinclude
* Use new Uri.is_public method in renamed runtime check
check_image_include_repos_publicly_resolvable
* Tue Jul 04 2017 dcassany@suse.com
- Fix a code block in workflow.rst
Fixes #412
* Tue Jul 04 2017 dcassany@suse.com
- Fix xml_state test
* Mon Jul 03 2017 dcassany@suse.com
- Accept an empty string as a repo priority
xml_parse code is autogenerated, thus no changes there should be
considered. When adding a repository from the command line it
can happen that the repository priority is mapped to an empty instead
to a None valuei, when the priority is not specifically set. xml_parse
will only support a parseable string to int or a None value as the
default option, so, if an empty string is used, it throws an
exception. With the current patch anything that cannot be casted
to an int, will be considered as None.
Fixes #408
* Mon Jul 03 2017 ms@suse.de
- Move check_image_include_repos_http_resolvable
Call the check_image_include_repos_http_resolvable runtime check
after the check and setup for the obs runtime environment. In
case of obs uri types and a kiwi build outside of the buildservice
those source locations could be translated into a public url and
thus allow for use with the imageinclude attribute. However
building inside of the buildservice maps those to a local path
which is private to the used worked instance. In such a case
the obs uri type is translated into a suse uri type and running
the check_image_include_repos_http_resolvable after that
translation will run from the translated and thus correct
source uri information
* Mon Jul 03 2017 ms@suse.de
- Bump version: 9.8.0 → 9.8.1
* Fri Jun 30 2017 ms@suse.de
- Add unit tests for compat mode
* Fri Jun 30 2017 dcassany@suse.com
- Do not translate obs scheme to suse scheme for imageonly repos
Fixes #404
* Fri Jun 30 2017 ms@suse.de
- Fixed compat setup for upgrade command
Value for --root option was added after other options
* Fri Jun 30 2017 dcassany@suse.com
- Translate obs to suse derived from image uris
This commit performs a translation from obs scheme to suse
scheme for derived from image uris when kiwi is running in a
buildservice worker.
Fixes #399
* Fri Jun 30 2017 ms@suse.de
- Bump version: 9.7.4 → 9.8.0
* Fri Jun 30 2017 ms@suse.de
- Fix content layout of zypper credentials file
Missing line break for entries in zypper credentials file
* Thu Jun 29 2017 dcassany@suse.com
- Allow imageinclude repositories inside the build service
Fixes #397
* Thu Jun 29 2017 ms@suse.de
- Fixed doc_travis tox target
using shell syntax requires calling a shell process
* Thu Jun 29 2017 ms@suse.de
- Allow imageinclude in add|set-repo commandline
The --set-repo and --add-repo commandline options now allows
additionally to specify a true|false value to indicate if the
repository should be part of the system image repository
setup or not. This Fixes #398
* Thu Jun 29 2017 ms@suse.de
- Fixed travis whitelist_externals
test command is used in target
* Thu Jun 29 2017 ms@suse.de
- Fixed travis whitelist_externals
commands cp and/or true are used in target
* Thu Jun 29 2017 ms@suse.de
- Fixup travis doc deployment
Custom diagram images needs to be deployed manually
* Thu Jun 29 2017 ms@suse.de
- Update schema documentation
* Thu Jun 29 2017 ms@suse.de
- Delete unused data from schema docs processing
* Tue Jun 27 2017 dcassany@suse.com
- Flag --ignore-repos do not ignore imageonly repos
This commit fixes #395, with it, using --ignore-repos, does not
delete imageonly repositories from the description file. This way
imageonly is prepared to be used in the buildservice even when using
the 'obsrepositories:/' reference style.
* Fri Jun 23 2017 ms@suse.de
- Build schema documentation with Oxygen
Given there is a valid Oxygen license owned by the company
as described in https://www.oxygenxml.com/oxygen_scripting.html
the schema documentation can be created using Oxygen. This
commit allows building the schema docs with alternative
doc builders and in case of Oxygen would change the way the
schema docs are generated in the following way:
1. Install Oxygen and setup the license to activate the tool
2. Setup the KIWI development shell environment to export
the schema_tool variable to point to the schemaDocumentation.sh
script provided by the Oxygen installation
export oxygen_tool=/path/to/Oxygen/schemaDocumentation.sh
3. In any case of a schema change manually call:
tox -e schema
This step was done before as part of the tox doc target
but can't be done automatically because it would require
a correctly licensed Oxygen installation in the travis
environment. Thus the result data has to be part of the
pull request
4. Build the documentation and review the result
tox -e doc
5. Create the pull request
* Wed Jun 21 2017 ms@suse.de
- Update schema docstring for oem-systemsize
* Tue Jun 20 2017 ms@suse.de
- Bump version: 9.7.3 → 9.7.4
* Tue Jun 20 2017 ms@suse.de
- Fixed setup_plymouth_splash
The schema generated get_bootsplash_theme() method returns a list
because it's section content. The return value of the method was
used as a string which caused a runtime error
* Tue Jun 20 2017 ms@suse.de
- Added creation of zsync control file in bundler
If a --zsync_source url is provided to the bundler call a
zsync control file is created for the compressed parts of
the bundle. This Fixes #364
* Tue Jun 20 2017 dcassany@suse.com
- Add package manager in image info task solving process
This commit includes the package manager package in the packages
list to be solved in image info task.
* Tue Jun 20 2017 ms@suse.de
- Bump version: 9.7.2 → 9.7.3
* Tue Jun 20 2017 ms@suse.de
- Fixed gce disk format
The order of the files in the tarball is important. The first
entry must be the manifest.json followed by disk.raw
* Mon Jun 19 2017 ms@suse.de
- Make sure CliTask instance reads the config file
Any instance of a CliTask has to read the runtime config file
if present
* Mon Jun 19 2017 ms@suse.de
- Add generic access for attributes
The layout of the yaml runtime config is based on an element
topic containing a list of attributes. For now only the xz
topic with its options attribute is in use but for the future
more elements might be supported which can use the same access
method
* Mon Jun 19 2017 ms@suse.de
- Setup plymouth splash in the image prepare process
In case the plymouth-set-default-theme tool can be found in the
image root system and a bootsplash theme is configured in the
XML description, the tool is used to setup the theme configuration
This Fixes #366
* Mon Jun 19 2017 dcassany@suse.com
- Include patternType information to resolv packages in image info task
This commit includes ingore_recommended flag in the Sat.solve method.
This way if the description file states to include only required
packages (without recommendations) it is respected and taken into
account to resolv the packages list.
Fixes #381
* Mon Jun 19 2017 ms@suse.de
- Added custom xz option handling for ArchiveTar
Allow to pass custom xz options for create_xz_compressed
method. Issue #373
* Mon Jun 19 2017 ms@suse.de
- Make sure options are returned as list
* Mon Jun 19 2017 ms@suse.de
- Added custom xz option handling for Compress
Allow to pass custom options for xz method. Issue #373
* Mon Jun 19 2017 ms@suse.de
- Activate reading of runtime config in tasks
Implement reading of runtime configuration file in base
commandline class. Issue #373
* Mon Jun 19 2017 ms@suse.de
- Cleanup doc string of base task class
* Sun Jun 18 2017 ms@suse.de
- Add runtime config man page section
Describe the contents of the KIWI runtime config file
* Wed Jun 14 2017 ms@suse.de
- Added RuntimeConfig class
An instance of RuntimeConfig reads in ~/.config/kiwi/config.yml
if present and provides access methods to the expected
information of the config file
* Wed Jun 14 2017 ms@suse.de
- Added PyYAML requirement to package and venv
The KIWI config file is yaml based and thus we need
support for reading the file in KIWI
* Wed Jun 14 2017 ms@suse.de
- Implement custom argument handling for xz_options
Evaluate and hand over custom_args processing for the
xz_options argument to all classes which performs
xz compression tasks. This Fixes #373
* Wed Jun 14 2017 ms@suse.de
- Read xz options from runtime config
Read xz options from the kiwi runtime configuration file
and pass along the information to the commands which
performs compression tasks
* Wed Jun 14 2017 ms@suse.de
- Fixed alpha order of options in build command
* Wed Jun 14 2017 ms@suse.de
- Update custom_args doc for DiskBuilder class
* Wed Jun 14 2017 ms@suse.de
- Fixup class docstrings
The attribute list should provide information about the
construction of an object of this class. Some fields
were missing or superfluous
* Wed Jun 14 2017 dcassany@suse.com
- Consider only repositories used for build in image info
This commit makes sure that the repositories marked with imageonly
flag are not included in the packages solve procedure.
This is related to #362
* Wed Jun 14 2017 dcassany@suse.com
- Removing has_repositories_marked_as_imageinclude method
With the current repository management this method is not required
anymore, since the setup repositories method does not modify the image
if no repositories are present.
It is related to #305 and #191
* Tue Jun 13 2017 ms@suse.de
- Fixed typo in isoboot/fedora-25.0
It does not really matter because the package manager setup
is inherited from the system image XML configuration to the
boot image, but for consistency it should be correct in the
isoboot description too
* Tue Jun 13 2017 ms@suse.de
- Added isoboot/fedora-25.0 boot description
* Tue Jun 13 2017 dcassany@suse.com
- Change to more explicit method names
* Mon Jun 12 2017 ms@suse.de
- Cleanup use of suseGFXBoot regarding grub
The shell method suseGFXBoot from the config/functions contains
code which should be better moved to the python code base dealing
with the bootloader configuration. In this commit all grub
parts of it has been moved to the BootLoaderConfigGrub2 class
* Mon Jun 12 2017 ms@suse.de
- Cleanup isoboot descriptions
There is no need to install bootloader packages to the initrd,
all information regarding the bootloader setup is taken from
the system root directory
* Mon Jun 12 2017 ms@suse.de
- Fixup iso image builder(s) lookup path
Don't lookup bootloader required files in the boot image root
directory. Those needs to be looked up in the system image
root directory
* Mon Jun 12 2017 ms@suse.de
- Refactor boot image factory
Make sure the root directory of the base image is always
accessible by any boot image type for consistency. In
addition introduce a post_init method which explicitly
setup the boot image root directory as needed for the
selected boot image type and document it as such
* Mon Jun 12 2017 dcassany@suse.com
- Include imageonly attribute for repositories
This commit adds imageonly attribute support for the repository
element. imageonly is a boolean attribute that if true indicates
that the repository is no used for the build but needs to be
configured for the resulting image.
Fixes #362
* Fri Jun 09 2017 ms@suse.de
- Fixup use of syslinux v6 modules
There is support for library loading in syslinux modules
which requires to provide the lib modules when available.
This Fixes #351
* Fri Jun 09 2017 ms@suse.de
- Bump version: 9.7.1 → 9.7.2
* Fri Jun 09 2017 dcassany@suse.com
- Update rpm-check-signatures documentation
* Fri Jun 09 2017 dcassany@suse.com
- Fix default location repository config file for apt
This commit fixes the apt config file management for default
locations. The template subsitution always needs to be executed
providing all the substitution parameters, as it does not make any
kind of default assumption when parameters are missing.
Fixes #370
* Fri Jun 09 2017 ms@suse.de
- Revert "Refactor detection code for grub directory name"
The former detection of the grub directory name in boot was
correct whereas the new code introduced a problem.
This reverts commit b3e4b871d52da2b5ab579d592ccc7ae39de75339.
This Fixes #371
* Thu Jun 08 2017 dcassany@suse.com
- Include repository_gpgcheck and package_gpgcheck documentation
* Thu Jun 08 2017 dcassany@suse.com
- Improve package/repository signature checking setup
This commit adds repository_gpgcheck and package_gpgcheck attributes
to the repository tag in schema. With this change each repository
can be configured individualy to enable repository signatures check
and/or enable signature package check. The configuration is done at
repository level, thus it is not conflicting with the wide package
manager configuration flag <rpm-signatures-check>.
Fixes #358
* Thu Jun 08 2017 ms@suse.de
- Update PXE building chapter
Redesign PXE building chapter to follow style guide.
Thanks to Thomas Schraitle for review and additional
contributions to this topic. This Fixes #323
* Thu Jun 08 2017 ms@suse.de
- Update chapter due to review
* Thu Jun 08 2017 ms@suse.de
- Update OEM building chapter
Redesign building chapter to follow style guide. Issue #323
* Thu Jun 08 2017 ms@suse.de
- Bump version: 9.7.0 → 9.7.1
* Thu Jun 08 2017 ms@suse.de
- Refactor detection code for grub directory name
The method get_grub_boot_directory_name was based on checking
for the name of the grub2 install tool, but this is not always
reliable because the name of the grub2 install tool has no
direct connection to the grub2 path. The method changes in a
way that it checks for the presence of the grub2 installation
directory which is /usr/lib/grub or /usr/lib/grub2. Depending
on the result the location in boot is /boot/grub or /boot/grub2
which seems to be a more reliable check
* Wed Jun 07 2017 ms@suse.de
- Fixup detection of grub directory name
In order to put grub data to boot/grub2 or boot/grub a check for
the grub2-tool vs. grub-tool name is performed. This requires
access to the image root directory on a file basis which is not always
applicable. When setting up the grub bootloader for e.g EFI boot on
an iso image the rootfs can't be directly accessed because the iso
image contains the rootfs in a compressed format. This commit
refactors the check to be generic for all image types
* Wed Jun 07 2017 ms@suse.de
- Fixup EFI setup for iso images
The embedded efi fat image on the iso filesystem must follow
the same rules compared to the setup on a disk
* Wed Jun 07 2017 toms@suse.de
- Fix docstring and apply ReST markup
Avoids the the following warning:
Definition list ends without a blank line; unexpected unindent.
Docstring contains ReST markup from
http://www.sphinx-doc.org/en/stable/domains.html#cross-referencing-python-objects
* Tue Jun 06 2017 dcassany@suse.com
- Some corrections for Building Docker image docs
* Tue Jun 06 2017 dcassany@suse.com
- Rearrange Docker docs
This commit rearranges the Docker image builds documentation
in order to match the criteria exposed in #323
* Fri Jun 02 2017 ms@suse.de
- Bump version: 9.6.2 → 9.7.0
* Thu Jun 01 2017 ms@suse.de
- Make sure all required yum repo options are set
enabled and gpgcheck parameters has to be set for any
configured yum repository
* Thu Jun 01 2017 ms@suse.de
- Fixup repository setup for yum
Yum cannot handle spaces between the key and the value.
This patch provides a method to tell ConfigParser to use
no spaces for the '=' delimiter and thus Fixes #357
* Thu Jun 01 2017 ms@suse.de
- Reactivate warnings report in pytest
* Thu Jun 01 2017 ms@suse.de
- Fixup kernel name lookup
If multiple abi compatible kernel module packages are installed
the kernel version of the boot kernel could be different from
the kernel module versions. In order to find the boot kernel
all kernel versions found must be checked. Fixes #355
* Thu Jun 01 2017 ms@suse.de
- Fix/workaround invalid xsd pattern translation
The data structures are auto generated by the generateDS
tool which works nicely except for the arch-name xsd pattern
used in the RelaxNG schema. For some reason the used regular
expression is translated by generateDS into a python
expression not matching the original expression from the
schema. The result is an invalid python warning message after
the schema has successfully validated the arch string.
The problem has been reported to the generateDS developer.
As long as their is no fix available in generateDS the
following workaround in kiwi applies: The original xs:token
pattern validation will be disabled on the generateDS
level and applies only to the schema. This Fixes #347
* Wed May 31 2017 ms@suse.de
- Allow vendor specific grub config file location
On e.g Fedora systems the EFI grub config file for secure
boot systems is expected to be located in the vendor
specific efi boot directory from where the shim loader
gets loaded by the firmware
* Wed May 31 2017 dcassany@suse.com
- Some fine tune updates
* Updated the docs for system_create command
* Reverted dracut image initialization
* Updated yum comment about repo_gpgcheck option
* Updated variable name in disk builder
* Typo correction
* Wed May 31 2017 dcassany@suse.com
- Include signing-key feature for boot images
This commit extends the behavior of --signing-key options in order
to import the provided key file into the boot image, in addition to
the regular image root tree.
Related to #342
* Tue May 30 2017 ms@suse.de
- Fix use of pre requires in spec file
* Tue May 30 2017 ms@suse.de
- Fixup working dir for editboot scripts
editbootconfig and editbootinstall scripts needs to be
called from within the correct directory to allow access
to the written bootloader config files. For live images
the working directory was set to the wrong place. This
Fixes #353
* Mon May 29 2017 ms@suse.de
- remove duplicated code from dhclient setup
IPADDR is assigned within dhclientImportInfo
original patch by Dinar Valeev <k0da@opensuse.org>
* Mon May 29 2017 dimstar@opensuse.org
- Fix spelling of 'processor'
https://bugzilla.opensuse.org/show_bug.cgi?id=957927
* Mon May 29 2017 ms@suse.de
- Use glob pattern to match shim modules
* Sun May 28 2017 ms@suse.de
- Fixed pre-req for kiwi-pxeboot subpackage
the binaries groupadd and useradd used in the preinstall
scriptlet and provided by the shadow package needs a pre
requirement on shadow to make sure they exist when the
package gets installed. Fixes (bsc#1040256)
* Fri May 26 2017 dcassany@suse.com
- Fix existing root check, fixes #349
This commit fixes the validation of an existing root directory
for the command 'system build'. System build used to create the root
directory before performing the root existance check, thus the
check was always failing in any case. The root directory is created
inside the RootInit class within the 'create' method.
Fixes #349
* Wed May 24 2017 ms@suse.de
- Added fallback setup for grub secure boot
The current implementation is based on the presence of the
shim-install tool. This tool does not exist on all distributions.
In case shim-install is not present a kiwi fallback solution
applies. Fixes #337
* Wed May 24 2017 dcassany@suse.com
- Extend --signing-key to Apt package manager
This commit extends support for --siging-key to the Apt package
manager. However it has only been included for the chrooted
operations, as current implementation of the bootstrap procedure does
not provide signature check capabilities.
Related to #342
* Wed May 24 2017 dcassany@suse.com
- Extend --signing-key option to Yum and Dnf
This commit extends the --signing-key options support to Yum and Dnf
package managers. In addition, signature check for repositories
had to be disabled for Yum and Dnf, as kiwi unrelated issues were
found while testing. Nevertheless, package signature checks are
fully functional.
Related to #342
* Wed May 24 2017 dcassany@suse.com
- Add --signing-key option
This commit adds --signing-key option which sets a key file to import
into the package manager trusted keys database. This commit adds this
flag support only for zypper.
Fixes #342
* Tue May 23 2017 ms@suse.de
- Don't print warning report
The auto generated xml_parse.py uses the python warnings module
The unit tests uses the coverage module in py.test to create
a report. The latest py.test update now also creates a warnings
report which is unwanted because some of the unit tests
intentionally causes the creation of a warning as the expected
result but we don't want to see that in a py.test warnings
report. Therfore this patch switches off the creation of that
warnings report
* Tue May 23 2017 ms@suse.de
- Update manual page of build command
Add information for --allow-existing-root option
* Tue May 23 2017 ms@suse.de
- Fixup default behavior of build command
The build command automatically used an existing root tree
from a former build attempt. However this could cause an
inconsistent image if the former build root was not based on
the same image type setup. Thus it is better to allow this
only if the --allow-existing-root option is specified along
with the build command call
* Tue May 23 2017 ms@suse.de
- Fixed alpha sorting of options
* Tue May 23 2017 ms@suse.de
- Complete zypper cache cleanup
also the raw and solv cache needs to be deleted
* Mon May 22 2017 ms@suse.de
- Update manual pages
Add information and use case for --clear-cache option
* Mon May 22 2017 ms@suse.de
- Added --clear-cache option
The system prepare and build commands now provides the
option --clear-cache which deletes all cache data
associated with the repositories to build the image.
This Fixes #341
* Mon May 22 2017 ms@suse.de
- Let dracut create a compressed initrd
dracut was called in a way to create an uncompressed initrd archive
and kiwi later runs the xz compression on it. That way the default
compression parameters used by dracut get lost. Fixes #335
* Fri May 19 2017 dcassany@suse.com
- Improve rpm-check-signatures support
This commit ensures the signatures are checked for both: the
repository and the rpm package. It applies for zypper, dnf and
yum package managers.
* Fri May 19 2017 ms@suse.de
- Fixup boot-load-size for efi loader in iso
Pass the real boot-load-size of the used loader as number
of 512byte blocks to the iso creation call. Related to
(bsc#939456)
* Fri May 19 2017 ms@suse.de
- Update documentation to meet review results
* Thu May 18 2017 ms@suse.de
- Added GCE image primary setup information
* Thu May 18 2017 ms@suse.de
- Added Azure image primary setup information
* Thu May 18 2017 ms@suse.de
- Added EC2 image primary setup information
* Thu May 18 2017 ms@suse.de
- Map partition ID's from sgdisk to lowercase
* Thu May 18 2017 ms@suse.de
- rework building virtual disk image chapter
Adapt to style as used in the live iso chapter and add
references to low level topics regarding the setup of
the image to work in the public cloud. Related to #323
* Wed May 17 2017 dcassany@suse.com
- Get the first two characters of the gdisk partition code output
According to the gdisk documentation the gdisk maps the partitions IDs
to the MBR codes, but they are multiplied by 0x0100 in hexa. Meaning
0x8300 code is equivalent to 0x83 in MBR. This commit only considers
the first two characters of the sgdisk partition code output. With this
change the partition types are comparable, regardless of using MBR or
GPT.
* Wed May 17 2017 dcassany@suse.com
- Fixes OEM deployments on a free partition, bnc#1039469
This commit updates the boot code for oem images. In case
oem-partition-install flag was set, the boot code was not capable
to find an appropriate partition due to not attaching properly the
raw image as a loopback device. KIWI was calling 'losetup' command
with wrong arguments.
Fixes bnc#1039469
* Wed May 17 2017 ms@suse.de
- Bump version: 9.6.1 → 9.6.2
* Tue May 16 2017 ngompa@datto.com
- Use 'yum-deprecated' if it exists when using Yum
On Fedora and Mageia systems, the Yum package manager binary is named
'yum-deprecated', and 'yum' redirects to DNF. This is a problem for
being able to build images of Linux systems that use Yum as its package
manager, like RHEL/CentOS 7.
So, in order to ensure we use the right package manager, we check for
the 'yum-deprecated' binary and use it if it exists.
* Tue May 16 2017 ms@suse.com
- Restructure low level topic (iso_to_usb)
The low level topic references information from the base
topic. In this case the name of the previously built image.
I think we should provide information on each low level
topic which references information from a base topic.
* Mon May 15 2017 dcassany@suse.com
- Handle rpm-check-signatures flag for each package manager
This commit adds support for the rpm-check-signatures flag, which
sets the package manager to verify or not each package signature.
By default KIWI assumes no gpg checks are done.
* Mon May 15 2017 toms@suse.de
- Separate low-level topics (dumping)
* Separate the high-level (building) from the low-level part (dumping)
* Introduce a subsection ("Working with Images"); not sure, if this is
useful under "Building Images"
* Enhance with some (general) advise about booting from USB
* Mon May 15 2017 toms@suse.de
- Provide missing _hybrid_iso label
* Mon May 15 2017 ms@suse.com
- Fixup check_target_directory_not_in_shared_cache
The runtime check compared the given target path if it starts
with the cache directory /var/cache/kiwi. This however also
matches for e.g /var/cache/kiwi-foo which would be a valid
target directory. This patch changes the matcher in a way to
really check if the target directory points to the same cache
directory structure.
* Fri May 12 2017 ms@suse.com
- Set default dracut output format to match upstream
* Fri May 12 2017 ms@suse.com
- Added dracut output file format detection
Unfortunately the dracut initrd output file format varies between
the different Linux distributions. Tools like lsinitrd, and also
grub2 rely on the initrd output file to be in that format.
Thus when kiwi uses dracut the same file format should be used
all over the place in order to stay compatible with what the
distribution does. Fixes #325
* Fri May 12 2017 toms@suse.de
- Revised example for issue #323
* Add abstract (use `.. sidebar`, not sure if we should use it)
* Collect all concept oriented text in the beginning
* Introduce procedure and create steps
* Remove lonely subsection and combine it with the procedure
TODO:
* Review
* Decide, if `.. sidebar` is ok (or should we better use `.. topic`?)
* Add additional, related information?
* Thu May 11 2017 ms@suse.com
- Bump version: 9.6.0 → 9.6.1
* Thu May 11 2017 dcassany@suse.com
- Update build docker images documentation
This commit includes steps to install umoci and skopeo, descriptions
for the configurable metadata in KIWI and some simple style fixes.
* Tue May 09 2017 ms@suse.com
- Fixed tox.ini doc target
location of schema docs has changed, and we better disable
the spell check as long as not all unknown technical terms
are added to the wordlist.txt
* Mon May 08 2017 Jellyfrog@users.noreply.github.com
- Use correct service name variable
* Sun May 07 2017 ms@suse.com
- Refactor documentation layout and structure
The current design of the documentation does not allow for
continous improvement and development. It's missing a basic
structure and concept for documenting step-by-step workflows
and generic explanations.
* Fri May 05 2017 ngompa@datto.com
- Remove erroneous statement in request_package_exclusion() for Yum+DNF
* Fri May 05 2017 ms@suse.com
- Fixed markup in contributing chapter
The headline of a subsection wrongly indicates a toplevel entry
* Fri Apr 28 2017 dcassany@suse.com
- Evaluate UNIONFS_CONFIG filesystem
This commit makes sure the filesystem is parsed from the
UNIONFS_CONFIG configuration variable when the PXE image is
loaded to a block device.
This commit fixes #316
* Fri Apr 28 2017 ms@suse.com
- Fixed GPL license text to match headers and spec
source headers and spec file is pointing to GPL v3 but the
license file was still at version 2
* Thu Apr 27 2017 ngompa@datto.com
- Add support for excluding packages when using DNF
* Thu Apr 27 2017 ngompa@datto.com
- Add support for excluding packages when using Yum
* Thu Apr 27 2017 ngompa@datto.com
- Fix comment about Zypper locks to reflect reality
* Wed Apr 26 2017 ms@suse.com
- Bump version: 9.5.0 → 9.6.0
* Wed Apr 26 2017 ms@suse.com
- Additional container commandline options
Added --set-container-derived-from and --set-container-tag
commandline options which allows to overwrite the data set
in the XML configuration
* Tue Apr 25 2017 ms@suse.com
- Implement obsrepositories source on derived_from
The following reference to a derived container:
obsrepositories:/container#latest
Will be translated into the following buildservice
local path:
/usr/src/packages/SOURCES/containers/_obsrepositories/container#latest
* Tue Apr 25 2017 ms@suse.com
- Implement obs source on derived_from
The following reference to a derived container:
obs:/project/repo/container#tag
Will be translated into the following buildservice
local path:
/usr/src/packages/SOURCES/containers/project/repo/container#tag
* Tue Apr 25 2017 ms@suse.com
- Use urlparse to detect uri scheme
The source location postfix can contain several different
formats e.g :/, or :// or even just :, python's urlparse
is able to cope with all that which allows to work with
the url scheme base name and thus makes handling this
code more robust
* Mon Apr 24 2017 ms@suse.com
- Bump version: 9.4.11 → 9.5.0
* Mon Apr 24 2017 dcassany@suse.com
- Include '--delete' in OCI images DataSync
This commit includes #310 patch for OCI images.
It also corrects the end of line format for kiwi/container/docker.py
and test/unit/container_image_docker_test.py, so flake tests are all
green.
* Thu Apr 20 2017 dcassany@suse.com
- Include --delete flag in DataSync for docker images
This commit includes the --delete flag in order to synchronize the
docker images. This is relevant for derived images where the new
layer might not only add files, but also remove something from the
base image.
Fixes #309
* Thu Apr 13 2017 ngompa@datto.com
- Define correct default locations for sources-dir and preferences-dir
In order to ensure that the defined repositories in the KIWI configuration
are set to the correct places for installing into the image, the
sources-dir and preferences-dir need to be redefined to point to the
in-image location, as it is done for the other package managers.
* Thu Apr 13 2017 ngompa@datto.com
- Do not purge the repositories before inserting them
There are no good reasons to be purging the repo directories, especially
when it is common for some distributions (Red Hat/CentOS/Fedora, for example)
to ship repository configuration as packages. Deleting them puts the package
manager in the system into a weird state, so we want to avoid this.
* Thu Apr 13 2017 ngompa@datto.com
- Fix default reposdir path for Yum
* Thu Apr 13 2017 dcassany@suse.com
- Add support for OCI images
This commit adds support for OCI images. Most of the docker related
code is reused for OCI classes and Docker classes have been refactored
so now they are a splecialization of the OCI classes. It is done this
way since KIWI internally only uses OCI format to operate with
containers, therefore docker images just differ from OCI images by
the way they are packaged or unpackaged.
* Wed Apr 12 2017 dcassany@suse.com
- Add clear attribute for entrypoint and subcommand sections
This commit adds the possibility of clearing asny subcommand or
entrypoint. This is relevant for docker derived images, as they
inherit the configuration and it might lead to some bad behavior.
* Wed Apr 12 2017 ms@suse.com
- Bump version: 9.4.10 → 9.4.11
* Wed Apr 12 2017 dcassany@suse.com
- Add require/recommend installation support for yum
This commit adds support to install required only or required plus
recommended packages using yum as the package manager.
* Wed Apr 12 2017 dcassany@suse.com
- Add support for required/recommended packages
This commit enables support to install only required packages
or install required plus recommended packages.
* Tue Apr 11 2017 dcassany@suse.com
- Include 'plusRecommended' management for dnf
Add support to enable/disable installation of recommended packages
for dnf package manager. With this commit 'plusRecommended'
patternType triggers on installation of recommended packages, which
is turned off by default.
* Tue Apr 11 2017 dcassany@suse.com
- Make sure debian repositories database is populated before install
This commit includes an 'apt-get update' call before any 'apt-get
install' command. This way the packages database is always ready,
even if no bootstrap procedure has been executed.
* Mon Apr 10 2017 ms@suse.com
- Bump version: 9.4.9 → 9.4.10
* Mon Apr 10 2017 dcassany@suse.com
- Add warning logs for unkown base image URIs
* Mon Apr 10 2017 dcassany@suse.com
- Update spec template for SLE13->SLE15
* Mon Apr 10 2017 dcassany@suse.com
- Rename SLE13 to SLE15
* Mon Apr 10 2017 ms@suse.com
- Follow up fix for grub2 setup in live builder
The live iso builder still used a fixed boot/grub2 path
but due to the refactoring this path is now distro dependant
and should be obtained dynamically
* Mon Apr 10 2017 ms@suse.com
- Cleanup use of bootloader path in boot code
Instead of repeating the bootloader path only specify it
once per setup path
* Mon Apr 10 2017 dcassany@suse.com
- Add method to setup installation of recommended packages
With this commit package manager are always set to include only
required packages or set to include required and recommended
packages.
This commit fixes #285
* Thu Apr 06 2017 ms@suse.com
- Bump version: 9.4.8 → 9.4.9
* Thu Apr 06 2017 ms@suse.com
- Update development and contribution chapter
Fix some minor inconsistencies due to latest code changes
with regards to py2 and py3 compatibility and also change
the style of the chapter to be more straight forward for
people who would like to contribute from scratch
* Wed Apr 05 2017 dcassany@suse.com
- Bypass bootstrap procedure if no bootstrap packages section
This commit updates kiwi to bypass bootstrap procedure in case
there is no bootstrap packages section.
It also adds extra validation in root_bind.
* Wed Apr 05 2017 ms@suse.com
- Bump version: 9.4.7 → 9.4.8
* Wed Apr 05 2017 ms@suse.com
- Fixup grub2 template parameters
The boot_directory_name parameters was missing for live and
install image builds
* Wed Apr 05 2017 ms@suse.com
- Bump version: 9.4.6 → 9.4.7
* Wed Apr 05 2017 ms@suse.com
- Fixup grub2 bios module setup
Only copy grub2 bios modules if the architecture supports it
* Wed Apr 05 2017 ms@suse.com
- Bump version: 9.4.5 → 9.4.6
* Tue Apr 04 2017 ms@suse.com
- Avoid GRUB_DISTRIBUTOR setup in etc/default/grub
The GRUB_DISTRIBUTOR information can't be provided in a generic
way for all distributions. The information should be either placed
by a package post script (as done by most of the distributions)
or by a custom kiwi config.sh or images.sh script. Fixes #286
Fixes (bsc#1032119)
* Tue Apr 04 2017 dcassany@suse.com
- Added support for unknown uri types for base image references
This commits bypasses any URI check if the uri schema is unknown in
RootImport class. This way the URI is bypassed to skopeo if it couldn't
be translated to any known type. That enables referencing images with
any URI supported by skopeo, i.e. DockerHub images.
* Tue Apr 04 2017 dcassany@suse.com
- Keep imported image in OCI format instead of docker
Kiwi always uses OCI format for container manipulations, so it is
easier to assume the image kept between prepare and create step
is also in OCI format, this way less format convertions are needed.
* Tue Apr 04 2017 ms@suse.com
- Fixup bootloader menu title setup
If the menu title is setup via the displayname attribute in
the XML configuration, kiwi should not change this text by
a prefix or any other style adaptions. Fixes #287
Fixes (bsc#1032118)
* Tue Apr 04 2017 ms@suse.com
- Fixup copy of array in boot code
The filtered nic interface names are stored in an array
and copied back into the original array. The copy of the
array was semantically wrong
* Mon Apr 03 2017 ms@suse.com
- Fixup grub2 setup and tool calls
Depending on the distribution the grub tools are either named
grub2-tool or grub-tool. Additionally the grub configuration
data is expected to live in boot/grub2 or boot/grub. This commit
handles the tool calls and also the grub boot directory setup
in a generic way
* Thu Mar 30 2017 dcassany@suse.com
- Include SLE13 boot descriptions for x86_64 and arm
This commit includes boot descriptions for SLE13, the descriptions
are based on leap 42.3.
* Thu Mar 30 2017 ms@suse.com
- Delete obsolete ec2 disk format
The ec2 value in the format attribute is deprecated and no
longer supported It remained in the schema for a while and
has now reached EOL
* Thu Mar 30 2017 ms@suse.com
- Bump version: 9.4.4 → 9.4.5
* Tue Mar 28 2017 ms@suse.com
- Fixup theme setup in boot
Make sure grub theme data is populated in the boot directory.
Checking only for the presence of the theme directory is not
enough. If the theme directory in boot does not contain the
requested theme it must be provided including a warning if
the theme data could not be found in the system
* Tue Mar 28 2017 ms@suse.com
- Do not change the API in an incompatible way
* Tue Mar 28 2017 ms@suse.com
- Use request_package_exclusion method in prepare
* Mon Mar 27 2017 ms@suse.com
- Refactor method name of package manager interface
The request_package_lock was renamed into request_package_exclusion
because that is the goal, to actually exclude(skip) a package. From
an implementation point of view this is done to set a lock in the
zypper case. However other package managers might do it differently.
The interface should stay consistent with regards to the user goal
and not with the package manager specific implementation. This
Fixes #248
* Mon Mar 27 2017 ms@suse.com
- Added <oem-nic-filter> element
Allow network interface names to be filtered by the given
regular expression. The expression is handled by the bash
regexp operator. Interface names matching the rule will be
filtered out, all others stay. It is also possible to pass
the variable kiwi_oemnicfilter as kernel command line in a
PXE deployment. Fixes #245
* Mon Mar 27 2017 ms@suse.com
- Bump version: 9.4.3 → 9.4.4
* Mon Mar 27 2017 ms@suse.com
- Delete no longer needed btrfs bootpath setup
The adaption of the bootpath in the grub.cfg file with regards
to the btrfs toplevel volume named '@' was the wrong solution.
The fixes in the btrfs filesystem setup and the config files
etc/default/grub and sysconfig/bootloader caused the grub
toolchain to work properly. This Fixes (bsc#1030038)
* Fri Mar 24 2017 dcassany@suse.com
- Convert user input to absolute paths
This commit converts the paths provided by the user with the
command line to absolute paths. The effected arguments are:
* --root
* --target-dir
* --bundle-dir
This supersedes and fixes #271
* Fri Mar 24 2017 ms@suse.com
- Support editbootconfig also for the iso type
This Fixes #274
* Thu Mar 23 2017 ms@suse.com
- ensure grub.cfg exists in EFI path for iso images
For live and install iso image boot configurations the
bootloader configuration must also exist in the EFI boot
path
* Wed Mar 22 2017 ms@suse.com
- Throw a proper msg on missing filesystem reference
Don't set a filesystem factor if no filesystem reference is set
* Wed Mar 22 2017 ms@suse.com
- Throw a proper exception on missing boot reference
* Wed Mar 22 2017 ms@suse.com
- Update schema documentation
Add explanation for attributes with no documentation
Fixup explanation for hybrid attribute
* Wed Mar 22 2017 ms@suse.com
- Recommend jing
in case of XML validation errors, jing is used to provide
good error messages. jing as a requirement will pull in all
of java which is unwanted, but a Recommends seems appropriate
* Wed Mar 22 2017 ms@suse.com
- Update flags attribute and its documentation
Delete the seed and compressed value as it is not implemented
and won't be supported in the future. Properly document the
existing overlay methods
* Wed Mar 22 2017 ms@suse.com
- Added doc info for kiwinoswapsearch boot parameter
* Tue Mar 21 2017 ms@suse.com
- Bump version: 9.4.2 → 9.4.3
* Tue Mar 21 2017 ms@suse.com
- Fixed checksum file creation
If the checksum should be created from a compressed file
it is expected that the checksum of the uncompressed file
is added to the checksum file. This is because in a pxe
deployment the uncompressed version of the file is put
on disk and compared with the reference information in
the checksum file
* Tue Mar 21 2017 ms@suse.com
- Refactor ip link detection
There is no reliable way to check if a link is unplugged, thus
the code has changed into the following workflow
1. use interfaces which returns success on ip link set up
2. wait for the UP state on all of these interfaces and return
if one of them enters the UP state
3. call a fixed wait state to allow to kernel network drivers
to settle
4. run through all remaining interfaces, discover the link
state and call a DHCP discovery
* Mon Mar 20 2017 ms@suse.com
- Bump version: 9.4.1 → 9.4.2
* Mon Mar 20 2017 ms@suse.com
- Fixup pxe builder
filesystem image rootfs was not in toplevel
* Mon Mar 20 2017 ms@suse.com
- Bump version: 9.4.0 → 9.4.1
* Mon Mar 20 2017 ms@suse.com
- Fixup pxe builder
Generate a tarball containing all relevant pxe boot result
files instead of a bunch of extra files. This also turns
the pxe builder to be compatible again with the legacy
kiwi pxe bundler
* Fri Mar 17 2017 ms@suse.com
- Don't create shasum over an md5 file
* Thu Mar 16 2017 ms@suse.com
- Bump version: 9.3.3 → 9.4.0
* Wed Mar 15 2017 ms@suse.com
- Allow https location as repository source
* Wed Mar 15 2017 dcassany@suse.com
- Refactor RootImport to keep images with a default name
RootImport has been refactored so the image is kept with a known
name that can be obtained with the Defaults class.
* Tue Mar 14 2017 ms@suse.com
- Added SLE13 distribution matcher
* Tue Mar 14 2017 ms@suse.com
- Update distribution matcher in spec file
* Tue Mar 14 2017 ms@suse.com
- Refactor ContainerBuilder
Use Checksum instance to run a checksum match
Check for existence of base image at earliest opportunity
when constructing a ContainerBuilder
* Tue Mar 14 2017 ms@suse.com
- Added checksum matcher method to Checksum class
* Tue Mar 14 2017 ms@suse.com
- Delete unused code
Also fixed corresponding unit test
* Mon Mar 13 2017 ms@suse.com
- Make sure LICENSE and README got installed
* Mon Mar 13 2017 ms@suse.com
- Handle derived image as Uri instance
* Mon Mar 13 2017 ms@suse.com
- Add completion for versioned binaries
when installing kiwi via pip, no alternatives setup done
when installing via rpm will be performed. In order to
allow the bash completion to work also the versioned
binaries needs to be added in the completion script
* Mon Mar 13 2017 ms@suse.com
- Bump version: 9.3.2 → 9.3.3
* Fri Mar 10 2017 ms@suse.com
- Add documentation hint for multipython package
* Thu Mar 09 2017 ms@suse.com
- Setup package for multipython build
Build package for both python2 and python3
* Thu Mar 09 2017 dcassany@suse.com
- Refactored RootImport and included checksum validation
First, commit refactors RootImport in order to also copy
the imported image after sychronizing the import.
Second, it includes a checksum of the copied image which is
validated in later steps.
* Wed Mar 08 2017 ms@suse.com
- Added Leap42.3 boot descriptions
* Wed Mar 08 2017 ms@suse.com
- Deleted openSUSE 13.2 boot descriptions
* Wed Mar 08 2017 ms@suse.com
- Refactor Uri constructor
Make repo_type an optional parameter, which is only
required if the specified uri leaves a type choice
* Wed Mar 08 2017 ms@suse.com
- Fixup PyPI entry registry
The wrong project url was referenced
* Wed Mar 08 2017 dcassany@suse.com
- Support for layered docker images
This commit includes support for building layered docker. A new
layer is added on top of the base image referenced by `derived_from`
attribute.
* Tue Mar 07 2017 ms@suse.com
- Bump version: 9.3.1 → 9.3.2
* Tue Mar 07 2017 ms@suse.com
- Fixed MANIFEST.in
kiwi.solver code was not included into source archive
* Tue Mar 07 2017 ms@suse.com
- Bump version: 9.3.0 → 9.3.1
* Tue Mar 07 2017 ms@suse.com
- Fixed doc api build for renamed source file
* Tue Mar 07 2017 ms@suse.com
- Bump version: 9.2.4 → 9.3.0
* Tue Mar 07 2017 ms@suse.com
- Flake8 fixes for unit tests
* Tue Mar 07 2017 ms@suse.com
- Apply code quality checks for unit tests too
* Tue Mar 07 2017 ms@suse.com
- Fixed import of solv module
* Tue Mar 07 2017 dcassany@suse.com
- Import root system from a given image
This commit includes the root import feature. A `derived_from`
attribute has been included with the <type> section to make
reference to the image file to import. The image format to import
is assumed to be the same as the build type to import.
The current format supported is docker
* Tue Mar 07 2017 ms@suse.com
- Flake cleanup for unit tests
* Mon Mar 06 2017 ms@suse.com
- Prevent use of project relative import statements
For details on the motivation of this change please visit:
https://wiki.python.org/moin/FutureProofPython
* Mon Mar 06 2017 ms@suse.com
- Allow activation/deactivation of sysV services
systemd is still legacy sysV init compatible, thus the kiwi
helper scripts to activate/deactivate services should not
only be limited to systemd services. Fixes #256
* Mon Mar 06 2017 ms@suse.com
- Support package capabilities in sat solver
A solver operation can receive a package or pattern name but
a capability name was considered a package name and failed
to resolve. This commit fixes the solver operation with
regards to package capabilities
* Mon Mar 06 2017 ms@suse.com
- Add runtime check for kernel match
If a kiwi initrd is used, the kernel used to build the kiwi
initrd and the kernel used in the system image must be the
same in order to avoid an inconsistent boot setup. This is
related to (bsc#1027610)
* Fri Mar 03 2017 ms@suse.com
- Added runtime check for boot image reference
If an initrd_system different from kiwi is selected for a
vmx (simple disk) image, it does not make sense to setup a reference
to a kiwi boot image description, because no kiwi boot image will be
built. Despite that it does not hurt it's still an inconsistent
setup. This is related to (bsc#1027610)
* Fri Mar 03 2017 ms@suse.com
- Bump version: 9.2.3 → 9.2.4
* Fri Mar 03 2017 ms@suse.com
- Update documentation
the docker build container is now build with the correct
namespace. Thus no image tagging is required anymore
* Fri Mar 03 2017 ms@suse.com
- Bump version: 9.2.2 → 9.2.3
* Thu Mar 02 2017 davidcassany@gmail.com
- Support container names with slashes (#254)
Umoci tool doesn't require any other parameter than a tag to
identify the container. So container_name value is not used in
umoci.
This Fixes#253
* Wed Mar 01 2017 dcassany@suse.com
- Use default command only if no entrypoit and subcommand aren't set
Fixes #251
* Wed Mar 01 2017 dcassany@suse.com
- Fix tagging for OCI images
This commit fixes the tagging schema for umoci. An OCI image
name is path[:tag], this commit rearranges some variable names to
avoid confusions between names and tags.
Fixes #249
* Tue Feb 28 2017 ms@suse.com
- Add support for repository credentials
The package and solver repository classes did not provide an
interface to deal with repository credentials. This commit
add support for the zypper package manager and the generic
urlopen based download method of the solver class. This
Fixes #246
* Tue Feb 28 2017 ms@suse.com
- Bump version: 9.2.1 → 9.2.2
* Tue Feb 28 2017 ms@suse.com
- Update documentation
Add detailed information how to update the docker Build Container
on the official dockerhub registry. This is needed to use custom
or newer versions of the currently published Build Container
* Tue Feb 28 2017 ms@suse.com
- Bump version: 9.2.0 → 9.2.1
* Tue Feb 28 2017 ms@suse.com
- Update documentation
The changes in building docker images now allows for using
the docker load command to import the dice container
* Tue Feb 28 2017 ngompa13@gmail.com
- Fix default reposdir path for DNF
* Mon Feb 27 2017 ms@suse.com
- Bump version: 9.1.0 → 9.2.0
* Mon Feb 27 2017 ms@suse.com
- Added support for exclude docs for dnf
* Mon Feb 27 2017 ms@suse.com
- Fixup default cache and plugin dir for dnf
* Fri Feb 24 2017 ms@suse.com
- Update distribution support status
Add information that Fedora systems are now supported as well
* Fri Feb 24 2017 ms@suse.com
- Make sure bootenv can be initialized
An existing grub bootenv file should be deleted prior to calling
grub2-install in order to allow grub2 to create a new correct
bootenv file
* Thu Feb 23 2017 ms@suse.com
- Added DNF package management implementation
DNF is the package manager used on Fedora systems and will also most
likely replace yum for the next generation of RHEL. Along with the
implementation here an example JeOS image description for Fedora can
be found on: https://github.com/SUSE/kiwi-descriptions.
This Fixes #36
* Tue Feb 21 2017 ms@suse.com
- Follow up fix for network driver delay
Each network interface will be switched off for a short
moment when the kernel network driver is loaded. During
that time the link status information would be misleading.
Thus we wait a short time before the link status check
is started
* Mon Feb 20 2017 dcassany@suse.com
- Include compression optimization flags for mksquashfs command
This commit includes some flags for mksquashfs command in other to
achieve higher compression rates. Also note that those flags were
already present in KIWI former versions, thus they have been
included again for compatibility reasons.
This commit fixes #242
* Mon Feb 20 2017 ms@suse.com
- Allow to convert GPT into MBR
The type attribute force_mbr allows to convert a system selected
for use with a GPT to use an MBR (msdos table). The attribute
only takes effect on image configurations which would select the
GPT partitioner. This Fixes #236
* Mon Feb 20 2017 ms@suse.com
- Wait for network drivers to pass init
Before we check for the link status a waid period of 3 seconds
should guarantee that the network drivers have passed the init
routines
* Thu Feb 16 2017 ms@suse.com
- Refactor waitForLinkUp
Put code which does not belong into the loop outside of
the loop. Also maintain sleep timeout and retry count
in variables
* Thu Feb 16 2017 ms@suse.com
- Fixed waitForLinkUp and setIPLinkUp
The setIPLinkUp method did not handle the return value of the
waitForLinkUp call and always returned success even if
waitForLinkUp ran into a timeout
The waitForLinkUp method was improved in a way that it does
not wait if the link detection discovered the interface is
unplugged. The detection if a cable is connected or not only
works if the ifplugstatus tool was found in the initrd
* Fri Feb 10 2017 ms@suse.com
- Bump version: 9.0.2 → 9.1.0
* Thu Feb 09 2017 ms@suse.com
- Implement handling for efipartsize
* Thu Feb 09 2017 ms@suse.com
- Decrease default EFI partition size to 20MB
The former default of 200MB was way too large and is a
waste of space. Related to Issue #237
* Thu Feb 09 2017 ms@suse.com
- Added efipartsize attribute in type setup
The attribute allows to specify a custom size for the
EFI partition. Fixes #237
* Thu Feb 09 2017 ms@suse.com
- Allow bootloader="custom" for bootloader attribute
If specified as such the bootloader configuration and
installation will be skipped. However the editbootinstall
and editbootconfig scripts will still be called. This
Fixes #235
* Thu Feb 09 2017 ms@suse.com
- Fixed create_repository_solvable
If the solvable already exists, the method should return it
* Wed Feb 08 2017 ms@suse.com
- Added handling for spare_part attribute
Add a spare partition right before the root partition of
the configured size. Fixes #234
* Wed Feb 08 2017 ms@suse.com
- Added new type attribute spare_part
spare_part receives a size value with an optional unit (M|G)
and is used for disk images to allow the creaton of a spare
partition of the configured size. Issue #234
* Wed Feb 08 2017 ms@suse.com
- Delete all traces of vboot firmware
The vboot firmware setup was a workaround on arm for the
chromebook platform several years ago. From a todays
perspective the setup and the way to boot would be different
and obsoletes the special case implementation. Thus this
is gone now. Related to Issue #234
* Wed Feb 08 2017 ms@suse.com
- Prevent quoted domain name in dhclientImportInfo
We're getting domain name by parsion a lease file. Unfortunately in
lease file domain name is quoted, which breaks linux resolver.
This commit gets domainname unquoted
* Tue Feb 07 2017 ms@suse.com
- Add manual page for image info command
* Mon Feb 06 2017 ms@suse.com
- Added kiwi image info command
Allow to list information about the image description.
In a first implementation one can show the image name
as well as run a dependency resolution for the packages
listed in the XML description
* Fri Feb 03 2017 ms@suse.com
- Bump version: 9.0.1 → 9.0.2
* Fri Feb 03 2017 ms@suse.com
- Added uri translation for SUSE factory
The obs uri 'obs://openSUSE:Factory/standard' does not follow
the standard http url translation schema and needed a special
handling in order to resolve correctly
* Thu Feb 02 2017 ms@suse.com
- Eliminate instsource element and requirements
The schema defintions for kiwi v8 still contained the
product schema definitions aka instsource which is no
longer supported by this version of kiwi. Building
SUSE products is done with the kiwi v7 code base and
will most probably be handled by an extra product
builder tool in the future maintained and developed
by the buildservice team. We would be proud if the api
of the kiwi v8 code base can be helpful for the product
builder in the future
* Wed Feb 01 2017 ms@suse.com
- Bump version: 9.0.0 → 9.0.1
* Wed Feb 01 2017 ms@suse.com
- Added arch attribute for ignore section
The packages subsection <ignore> only accepted a package
name to become ignored. However a <package> subsection
to install a package allows for an arch selection. The
same should apply to ignore a package. In addition the
allowed content for the arch attribute has been changed
from simple text to a regular expression. Allowed is a
comma seperated list of reserved architecture words like
they are displayed by uname -m
* Wed Feb 01 2017 ms@suse.com
- User format method to form the message
* Wed Feb 01 2017 ms@suse.com
- Added support for package locking for zypper
Zypper supports the al (add lock) command which allows to ignore
a package in the dependecny resolution process. This is useful
to prevent installation of a package which was pulled in by e.g
a recommendation flag from the spec file. Packages marked to be
ignored are not handled for apt and yum right now. Using this
feature together with an unsupported package manager backend
results in a warning to the user
* Wed Feb 01 2017 dcassany@suse.com
- Included some file naming convetions
* Mon Jan 30 2017 dcassany@suse.com
- Components of an Image Description section
This commit extends the doc/sources/workflow.rst documentation
by including details about config.sh and images.sh files.
* Fri Jan 27 2017 ms@suse.com
- Bump version: 8.29.6 → 9.0.0
* Thu Jan 26 2017 ms@suse.com
- Update documentation
Add information about new hook: handleMachineID
* Thu Jan 26 2017 ms@suse.com
- Bump version: 8.29.5 → 8.29.6
* Thu Jan 26 2017 ms@suse.com
- Fixup isolinux timeout configuration
isolinux counts the timeout in units of 1/10 seconds.
Thus the value provided in the image description needs
to be adapted correctly. This Fixes #228
* Thu Jan 26 2017 ms@suse.com
- Bump version: 8.29.4 → 8.29.5
* Thu Jan 26 2017 ms@suse.com
- Fixup setupMachineID
Cleaning up existing machine id files by deleting them
causes an interactive session to be started by systemd
This is something we don't want. As the consequences
of touching the machine id files seems to be too critical
the method has been turned into a hook caller. This
allows the user to make use of it on their own purpose
and by default doesn't mess with the machine id files
* Tue Jan 24 2017 ms@suse.com
- Bump version: 8.29.3 → 8.29.4
* Tue Jan 24 2017 ms@suse.com
- Change processing of setupMachineID
Instead of creating new machine ids for systemd and dbus
the method now cleans up all existing machine ids and
leave it up to systemd to initialize and create new ids.
This allows to make use of the native way how systemd
retrieves and handles machine ids
* Tue Jan 24 2017 ms@suse.com
- Fixup typo in ReST style
* Tue Jan 24 2017 ms@suse.com
- Bump version: 8.29.2 → 8.29.3
* Mon Jan 23 2017 ms@suse.com
- Add utils.sysconfig to api documentation
* Mon Jan 23 2017 ms@suse.com
- Completion for grub bootloader configuration
The configuration files /etc/sysconfig/bootloader and
/etc/default/grub needs to be created/updated with the
relevant values regarding the bootloader setup done by
kiwi. This Fixes #226
* Fri Jan 20 2017 ms@suse.com
- Apply volume attributes for btrfs and lvm
The chattr utility is used to apply file attributes
So far only the no-copy-on-write attribute can be
specified in a volume setup. If further attributes
are needed they will be added on demand
* Fri Jan 20 2017 ms@suse.com
- Added attributes element in volume type
* Thu Jan 19 2017 ms@suse.com
- Added volume attribute copy_on_write
The copy_on_write attribute allows to activate or deactivate
the copy on write functionality for the desired volume.
This Fixes #218
* Thu Jan 19 2017 ms@suse.com
- Make sure there is a storage default setup on s390
Storage disks on s390 requires an information about the
type and the blocksize. In case these information is not
provided in the kiwi XML configuration, None was set as
value in the zipl configuration which lead to an error.
This commit provides default values for those parameters
* Wed Jan 18 2017 ms@suse.com
- Bump version: 8.29.1 → 8.29.2
* Tue Jan 17 2017 ms@suse.com
- Allow unix device names in oem-unattended-id setup
In order to allow a raw device name in oem-unattended-id
the /dev tree has been added to search list. This is useful
if e.g a ramdisk device which is not part of any /dev/disk/...
or /dev/mapper device map should be used as target disk for
the deployment. Thus a setup to stick the deployment to
e.g /dev/ram1 would look like this
<oem-unattended-id>ram1</oem-unattended-id>
This Fixes #221
* Tue Jan 17 2017 ms@suse.com
- Don't delete ip tools from oemboot
network tools are needed for oem disk deployment via pxe
* Tue Jan 17 2017 ms@suse.com
- Added .coveragerc
Clearly indicate which source files are excluded from the
coverage report
* Tue Jan 17 2017 ms@suse.com
- Make sure setupMachineID also cares for dbus
Systemd and dbus should use the same machine-id. Therefore
a symlink /var/lib/dbus/machine-id pointing to /etc/machine-id
is created right after systemd-machine-id-setup. Fixes #219
* Mon Jan 16 2017 dcassany@suse.com
- Fixup duplication of btrfs toplevel volume
If using root btrfs snapshot, the default toplevel subvolume is set to
/@/.snapshots/1/snapshot, thus all defined subvolumes are mounted
under that cusomized default subvolume. For the first time
subvolumes are mounted it is fine to include /@/.snapshots/1/snapshot
prefix as root is not yet set to that specific path, however in any
future mount this path prefix is not needed any more, as the root
get mounted in /@/.snapshots/1/snapshot by default. Fixes (bsc#1015549)
* Fri Jan 13 2017 ms@suse.com
- Add check_docker_tool_chain_installed
Runtime check to check for required docker tools umoci and
skopeo. As long as tools tools are not available in the
core distro of all distributions we avoid spec file requirements
and check at runtime if they can be found
* Tue Jan 10 2017 ms@suse.com
- Bump version: 8.29.0 → 8.29.1
* Tue Jan 10 2017 ms@suse.com
- Rebuild schema documentation
* Tue Jan 10 2017 ms@suse.com
- Bump version: 8.28.3 → 8.29.0
* Mon Jan 09 2017 dcassany@suse.com
- Running config.sh after including the image repositories
This commit rearranges some code lines in order to run the config.sh
script after the repositories of the image have been included, this
way repositories can be trusted and refreshed in config.sh script.
* Mon Jan 09 2017 ms@suse.com
- Refactor docker container creation
Instead of creating a simple tarball the tools umoci and skopeo
from the docker tool chain are used to create official docker
images. Along with those tools more information to describe a
container has been added to the schema. A complete container
setup now consists of the following elements
<type image="docker">
<containerconfig name="..." maintainer="..." user="..." workingdir="...">
<entrypoint execute="command">
<argument name="option"/>
...
</entrypoint>
<subcommand execute="command">
<argument name="option"/>
...
</subcommand>
<expose>
<port number="..."/>
...
</expose>
<volumes>
<volume name="..."/>
...
</volumes>
<environment>
<env name="variable" value="value"/>
...
</environment>
<labels>
<label name="..." value="..."/>
...
</labels>
</containerconfig>
</type>
* Mon Jan 09 2017 ms@suse.com
- Update container builder code to new schema layout
* Mon Jan 09 2017 ms@suse.com
- Auto update image descriptions to schema v6.5
* Mon Jan 09 2017 ms@suse.com
- Update schema for container setup
In preparation to support creation of native docker containers the
way docker likes it, the kiwi schema has to be adapted. So far there
was no way to specify additional metadata information for containers.
With this commit a new section called <containerconfig> is provided.
containerconfig is a subsection of the type and only allowed for
the docker image type. This constraint is checked via a schematron
rule. In addition an xslt stylesheet moves the currently existing
container attribute, which was used to set a name for the container,
into the new containerconfig section as name attribute
* Tue Dec 20 2016 ms@suse.com
- Bump version: 8.28.2 → 8.28.3
* Tue Dec 20 2016 ms@suse.com
- Fixed quadruple_token tokenizer
Information not provided should end up as a None type in the
list in any case. If an empty string was provided via e.g
--add-repo source,type,, the tokenizer puts in an empty string.
If the information was provided as --add-repo source,type a
None type was used. The code handling the information expected
a None type for not provided information, with an empty string
we end up in validation code which e,g complains that an empty
string can't be converted into an integer base repo priority
* Sun Dec 18 2016 ms@suse.com
- Bump version: 8.28.1 → 8.28.2
* Sun Dec 18 2016 ms@suse.com
- Update documentation
Default provider must be set in the caller environment if
different from the default docker provider
* Fri Dec 16 2016 ms@suse.com
- Bump version: 8.28.0 → 8.28.1
* Fri Dec 16 2016 ms@suse.com
- Update container builder documentation
Add information about the now available kiwi build box
and the use of it as part of libvirt provider setup for
vagrant
* Thu Dec 15 2016 ms@suse.com
- Bump version: 8.27.5 → 8.28.0
* Tue Dec 13 2016 ms@suse.com
- Bump version: 8.27.4 → 8.27.5
* Tue Dec 13 2016 ms@suse.com
- Fixup spec file build requires
shadow tools are needed for %pre tasks using
groupadd/useradd tools
* Tue Dec 13 2016 ms@suse.com
- Bump version: 8.27.3 → 8.27.4
* Mon Dec 12 2016 ms@suse.com
- Fixup spec file tftp group/user setup
Let %pre fail if groupadd/useradd failed and show the error
to the user
* Thu Dec 08 2016 ms@suse.com
- Added DiskFormatVagrantLibVirt class
Allow to build vagrant boxes for the libvirt provider
This Fixes #15
* Thu Dec 08 2016 ms@suse.com
- Update vagrantconfig schema setup
Delete the virtualbox provider, As long as there is no
opensource variant for the ovf creation available we won't
support that provider
* Wed Dec 07 2016 ms@suse.com
- Bump version: 8.27.2 → 8.27.3
* Tue Dec 06 2016 ms@suse.com
- Adapt documentation to rtd schema
replace topic node used for abstract by a hint. This results
in a color box for the abstract which looks better than what
rtd does with simple topics
* Tue Dec 06 2016 ms@suse.com
- Adapt schema generator to rtd doc schema
* Tue Dec 06 2016 ms@suse.com
- Move to rtd sphinx schema
The read-the-docs schema fits better into the mainstream
of online documentation
* Mon Dec 05 2016 ms@suse.com
- Bump version: 8.27.1 → 8.27.2
* Mon Dec 05 2016 ms@suse.com
- Added check_volume_setup_has_no_root_definition
The root volume in a systemdisk setup is handled in a special
way. It is not allowed to setup a custom name or mountpoint for
the root volume. Therefore the size of the root volume can be
setup via the @root volume name. This check looks up the volume
setup and searches if there is a configuration for the '/'
mountpoint which would cause the image build to fail
* Mon Dec 05 2016 ms@suse.com
- Prevent warning about unknown opt in workflow doc
* Mon Dec 05 2016 ms@suse.com
- Bump version: 8.27.0 → 8.27.1
* Mon Dec 05 2016 ms@suse.com
- Rebuild schema documentation
* Mon Dec 05 2016 ms@suse.com
- Add a docstring for the extension section
Short description what the extension section is good for
* Mon Dec 05 2016 ms@suse.com
- Prevent any type from attribute recursion
The schema parser to create the documentation run into
an endless recursion for the new k.any type. As any could
be anything there is not much do document for this type.
Thus it is now skipped from the traversal
* Mon Dec 05 2016 ms@suse.com
- Bump version: 8.26.1 → 8.27.0
* Fri Dec 02 2016 ms@suse.com
- Update documentation per review
* Thu Dec 01 2016 dcassany@suse.com
- Including minimum volume size offset in disk size calculation
This commit adds Defaults:get_min_volume_mbytes() to the disk size
calculation algorithm. This should be sufficient to hold fdisk
default offset when creating the first partition and also to hold
the LVM metadata.
* Thu Dec 01 2016 ms@suse.com
- Added extension documentation
* Thu Dec 01 2016 ms@suse.com
- Make sure to catch exceptions from xsltproc
* Wed Nov 30 2016 ms@suse.com
- Add extension validation and data access
If an extension section exists the xml data in this section
is validated against the RelaxNG schema which must be part
of the xmlcatalog for the used extension namespace. If the
data validates the method get_extension_xml_data can be used
to access the etree parse result for each of the extension
configurations
* Wed Nov 30 2016 dcassany@suse.com
- LVM volumes management during grub2 install
During the grub2 install process volumes were not mounted properly,
a proper mount order was not taken into consideration and LV device
information was not given by the method get_volumes in VolumeManger.
This commit forces the mount (and umount) operations to be done in
coherent order and also modifies the get_volumes method in order
to return the device associated to each volume.
* Mon Nov 28 2016 ms@suse.com
- Allow <extension> section for custom plugins
For the use case to add additional image description information
an extension section exists which allows to add custom section
and attributes. Custom XML information must be connected to a
namespace in order to avoid conflicts with the existing
structure. The following example shows how to place additional
XML information:
<image>
<extension xmlns:my_plugin="http://www.my_plugin.com">
<my_plugin:my_feature>
<my_plugin:title name="cool stuff"/>
</my_plugin:my_feature>
</extension>
</image>
* Fri Nov 25 2016 ms@suse.com
- Fixed expansion of msdos disks
If the target disk size is beyond 2TB it can't be expanded to
the full size if the msdos partition table layout is in use.
Because of this the disk expansion will be limited to the
allowed maximum for the msdos partition table type which is
at 2TB. This fixes bnc#1010966
* Thu Nov 24 2016 ms@suse.com
- Bump version: 8.26.0 → 8.26.1
* Thu Nov 24 2016 ms@suse.com
- Fixup of string + operator vs. join use
* Thu Nov 24 2016 ms@suse.com
- Fixed setup_disk_image_config in bootloader setup
The parameter for the uuid is not enough to handle all
supported disk geometries. If the disk has an extra boot
partition the bootloader setup must read the boot data
from the boot partition but must set the root for the
kernel cmdline to the root partition. Therefore the
interface needs to change and must provide both the
boot_uuid and the root_uuid in oder to allow the method
to setup the correct values
* Thu Nov 24 2016 dcassany@suse.com
- Parse arch attribute as a comma separated list
This commit ensure that the arch attribute of each package section
is parsed as a comma separated list. This way, as in previous kiwi
versions, each package might be suitable for one or more specified
architectures.
* Thu Nov 24 2016 ms@suse.com
- Fixup kernel name setup in disk builder
The Kernel instance is the only correct place to ask
for the kernel name. This class has the responsibility
to know information about the selected kernel. The
additional arch based assumption on the kernel name
in the disk builder were wrong. This fixes bnc#1011936
* Tue Nov 22 2016 ms@suse.com
- Fixed typo in solver api documentation
* Tue Nov 22 2016 ms@suse.com
- Bump version: 8.25.5 → 8.26.0
* Mon Nov 21 2016 dcassany@suse.com
- No more hard links in result bundle
This commit changes the copy command of the result bundle task. Now
instead of creating hardlinks a relugar copy is performed. This way
we ensure that the bundled files will not be modified by
overwritting a linked file.
* Mon Nov 21 2016 dcassany@suse.com
- Documentation workflow review
* Mon Nov 21 2016 ms@suse.com
- The Sat solver class - an example
The Sat solver class can be used to run a solver operation
over a list of packages and/or patterns in order to receive
a dependency solved list of all required packages according
to the request. In order to do that a set of repositories
is required which provides the package metadata and their
requirements. The following is an example how to use the
Sat class in your application:
```python
from kiwi.solver.sat import Sat
from kiwi.system.uri import Uri
from kiwi.solver.repository import SolverRepository
solver = Sat()
solver.add_repository(
SolverRepository(Uri('obs://leap/42.2/repo/oss', 'yast2'))
)
print(solver.solve(['vim']))
```
* Mon Nov 21 2016 ms@suse.com
- Fixup code smell for kernel name list
Iterating over only one list item doesn't need a loop
* Mon Nov 21 2016 ms@suse.com
- Fixup style to be more pythonic
* Fri Nov 18 2016 ms@suse.com
- Fixed release network using ip tool
Apply the cidr fix from setupNic and introduce a new method
called deleteNic which replaces the wrong ip call from the
releaseNetwork method. Fixes bnc#1003091
* Fri Nov 18 2016 dcassany@suse.com
- KIWI workflow documentation
This commit ports the workflow documentation from previous KIWI
version and also adds a sections for listing the boot parameters
configurable in the Kernel command line.
* Fri Nov 18 2016 ms@suse.com
- Fixed kernel name lookup
Complete the list of kernel names for the lookup. Normally
the kernel package provides a symlink to the actual kernel
image file. However if the link does not exist we extend the
search to a collection of names for possible kernel images.
The new list now also covers kernel names as used for arm
Along with the change this patch also provides an option to
raise an exception if the kernel lookup did not find any
kernel, which is used for the get_kernel() request in the
dracut initrd system setup where it is mandatory to find
a kernel image.
This fixes bnc#1010874
* Thu Nov 17 2016 ms@suse.com
- Added Sat solver class
Added implementation for Solver class based on the SUSE
libsolv C library and the solv python binding
* Thu Nov 17 2016 ms@suse.com
- Bump version: 8.25.4 → 8.25.5
* Thu Nov 17 2016 ms@suse.com
- Fixup lease time in setupNetworkWicked
The default lease time with 300s used by wicked is relatively
short and different from the default lease time of the former
dhcpcd. This change causes wicked to use a lease time of 3600s
This is related to bnc#1003091
* Thu Nov 17 2016 ms@suse.com
- Fixup default behavior of releaseNetwork
If no tool was found to communicate with the dhcp server
in order to free the lease the method did nothing. However
it should at least bring down the network. This is
related to bnc#1003091
* Wed Nov 16 2016 ms@suse.com
- Bump version: 8.25.3 → 8.25.4
* Wed Nov 16 2016 ms@suse.com
- Fixup get_volumes for lvm manager
The method also returned the root volume in the list of
volumes but it should only return a list of volumes
excluding root volume
* Wed Nov 16 2016 ms@suse.com
- Fixup setupNic for address information in cidr
Ignore netmask if address is already in cidr format
* Wed Nov 16 2016 ms@suse.com
- Bump version: 8.25.2 → 8.25.3
* Tue Nov 15 2016 ms@suse.com
- Fixup btrfs property setup
The readonly property is set on the filesystem toplevel.
kiwi has set the toplevel before any property is set.
* Tue Nov 15 2016 dcassany@suse.com
- vhdfixed images result compression
This commit adds compression to the Result instance of the vhdfixed
disk. This concrete format is not compressed or dynamic, so that,
it makes sense compress them. Also this was the behavior in previous
kiwi versions.
* Tue Nov 15 2016 kukuk@thkukuk.de
- Replace tabs with spaces
* Tue Nov 15 2016 ms@suse.com
- Fixup handling for root_is_readonly_snapshot
The information was not passed to the VolumeManager instance
* Tue Nov 15 2016 ms@suse.com
- Fixup mount_volumes in VolumeManagerBtrfs
It is required to mount the toplevel btrfs filesystem if
not already mounted, prior to mounting the subvolumes
* Tue Nov 15 2016 ms@suse.com
- Fixed busy mount state
Make sure subvolumes are umounted first. This prevents a
busy state in a partition setup with an extra boot
partition
* Mon Nov 14 2016 ms@suse.com
- Bump version: 8.25.1 → 8.25.2
* Mon Nov 14 2016 ms@suse.com
- Fixup creation of etc/default/grub config file
Only create the file if the base directory structure
in etc/default exists.
* Sun Nov 13 2016 kukuk@thkukuk.de
- Remove empty line too much
* Sun Nov 13 2016 kukuk@thkukuk.de
- Implement loading of snapshots and fix snapshot menu layout.
If you want to boot an old snapshot, but not to do a rollback,
we need to tell the kernel which snapshot to use. This patch
also fixes the broken layout of the grub snapshot menu.
* Sat Nov 12 2016 kukuk@thkukuk.de
- Move source of grub-snapshot.cfg to the right position
grub-snapshot.cfg should not be sourced at the begining, but
at the end of grub.cfg. Else with creating the first snapshot
this entry is getting the default boot target and the system
does not boot automatically anymore.
* Fri Nov 11 2016 ms@suse.com
- Fixup netboot code for multipath boot device
If the root disk in a netboot deployment is a multipath device
we have to make sure the multipathd is started and the boot
device is mapped to the wwn
* Thu Nov 10 2016 ms@suse.com
- Bump version: 8.25.0 → 8.25.1
* Thu Nov 10 2016 ms@suse.com
- Update doc string for download_from_repository
The doc string for this method contained a mime string
which is spuriously validated by the sphinx url checker.
This commit rewords the text in a way that the checker
is happy again
* Thu Nov 10 2016 ms@suse.com
- Bump version: 8.24.10 → 8.25.0
* Thu Nov 10 2016 davidcassany@gmail.com
- Do not delete all repositories if there aren't repositories to import (#191)
This commit adds a tester method to check if there is any
repository marked as imageinclude. The method is used to
execute import_repositories_marked_as_imageinclude
method only when it is actually needed.
* Wed Nov 09 2016 ms@suse.com
- grub.cfg: Fixes for btrfs as rootfs
This addresses the following issues
* An image based on btrfs using the entire boot as a subvolume
causes grub to be unable to find its config file. Thus kiwi
now raises an exception in this situation
* Don't prefix the bootpath with the snapshot path if the
btrfs root is placed in a snapshot. Instead the file
etc/default/grub must be written/updated with the
SUSE_BTRFS_SNAPSHOT_BOOTING variable set to true. Once
this is done the bootpath is consistently set to /boot
no matter which snapshot is active
* Wed Nov 09 2016 ms@suse.com
- grub.cfg: Source grub-snapshot.cfg if present
Add a lookup for /.snapshots/grub-snapshot.cfg to the generated
grub.cfg. The file is shell sourced if it exists
* Wed Nov 09 2016 dcassany@suse.com
- No need to mock Path.which
There is no need to mock Path.which as isoinfo binary from the
platform is needed to run the test, so better let the system look
for it, note that the binray can be located in the alternate
location (/usr/lib/genisoimage/) which is not part of the PATH.
In that particular case the iso_test would fail if we mock
Path.which.
* Tue Nov 08 2016 dcassany@suse.com
- Updated system size calculations test
* Tue Nov 08 2016 dcassany@suse.com
- Updated test for vhd-fixed subformat type
* Tue Nov 08 2016 dcassany@suse.com
- Increase the default image size for XFS filesystems
When no size is specified in type section the resulting image size
is calculated using the size of the whole build-root increased by
an empiric factor. Some tests revealed that this factor was not
enough for XFS filesystems. The empiric factor has been increased.
This commit fixes #186
* Tue Nov 08 2016 dcassany@suse.com
- vhd-fixed name corrected in subformat init class
This commit reverts the previous one and it applies the name change
to the subformat class initializer. This way the schema is not
altered and we keep compatibility with previous description files.
* Tue Nov 08 2016 dcassany@suse.com
- vhdfixed format naming inconsistency
vhdfixed storage format name was not updated according its real
name in the kiwi schema, making it impossible to build any vhdfixed
image. The schema used to expect 'vhd-fixed', however, internally,
the code was expecting 'vhdfixed'. The schema has been updated.
This commit fixes #184
* Tue Nov 08 2016 ms@suse.com
- Implemented SolverRepositoryRpmDir
Add support for local rpm-dir repositories
* Tue Nov 08 2016 dcassany@suse.com
- ActivateImage links correction
Loading the iso image into a read-only ramdisk caused some issues
due to the activatImage method cp commands. With this commit the
symlinks are consistent during the preinit phase and also before
running the cp command it is tested we are not in a read-only
filesystem.
This commit is a port form openSUSE/kiwi#613 PR
* Tue Nov 08 2016 ms@suse.com
- Implemented SolverRepositoryRpmMd
Add support for rpm-md repository types
* Mon Nov 07 2016 ms@suse.com
- Fixup ip setup in setupNic
The invocation of ip in setupNic was invalid. The way this
was done causes the netmask to be set as broadcast address
Related to bnc#1003091
* Mon Nov 07 2016 ms@suse.com
- Implemented SolverRepositorySUSE
Add support for SUSE online and media repository types
* Mon Nov 07 2016 ms@suse.com
- Add repo_type info to Uri class
This allows to eliminate the repo_type from the paramter list
of the SolverRepository class, which then only needs an instance
of Uri
* Sun Nov 06 2016 ms@suse.com
- Implement SolverRepositoryBase
Base class and interface for building a SAT solvable from
a given repository
* Fri Nov 04 2016 ms@suse.com
- Added API doc hook for solver path
* Fri Nov 04 2016 ms@suse.com
- Bump version: 8.24.9 → 8.24.10
* Fri Nov 04 2016 ms@suse.com
- Delete sphinxcontrib-programoutput setup
Deleted it from virtualenv development requirements and
from the sphinx configuration file
* Fri Nov 04 2016 ms@suse.com
- Delete use of sphinxcontrib-programoutput
The developers of this sphinx extension decided to delete the
module on pip and also the source from git... it's dead. Thus
I replaced the dynamic usage output in the manual pages with
the static version
* Fri Nov 04 2016 ms@suse.com
- Initial structure to support SAT solvables
A SAT solvable can be used together with python-solv to implement
performant package solving tasks. This is the initial structure
to allow the creation of such solvable files from specified
repositories. We will support the repo types yast2, rpm-md and
rpm-dir in the first place.
* Thu Nov 03 2016 dcassany@suse.com
- updateOtherDeviceFstab did not get the fstab location parameter
This is port from the kiwi v7 code base openSUSE/kiwi#610
* Wed Nov 02 2016 dcassany@suse.com
- Load the default unicode font in grub2
This commit fixes #179. The default font was never loaded,
the loadfont call for the default was missing.
* Wed Nov 02 2016 ms@suse.com
- Bump version: 8.24.8 → 8.24.9
* Wed Nov 02 2016 ms@suse.com
- Fixed waitForStorageDevice
Value for storage_size was not really used
* Wed Nov 02 2016 ms@suse.com
- Bump version: 8.24.7 → 8.24.8
* Wed Nov 02 2016 ms@suse.com
- Make sure kiwiserver/kiwiservertype is used
If kiwiserver and/or kiwiservertype is specified on the
kernel commandline they should take over precedence for
up- and download of image files compared to the host
setup in the IMAGE variable.
* Wed Nov 02 2016 ms@suse.com
- Don't mix python module requirements
The tox setup mixes the deps modules depending on the
tox target with either virtualenv.dev-requirements.txt
or fixed deps lists in tox.ini. This change clean up
the module dependencies for development targets to
be taken from virtualenv.dev-requirements.txt exclusively
* Tue Nov 01 2016 ms@suse.com
- Update travis runtime requirements
Installing python modules from source via pip requires git
* Tue Nov 01 2016 ms@suse.com
- Bump version: 8.24.6 → 8.24.7
* Tue Nov 01 2016 ms@suse.com
- sphinxcontrib-programoutput no longer on pypi
Use the version from git directly to build the documentation
In the long we should find an alternative for this sphinx
extension
* Mon Oct 31 2016 ms@suse.com
- Fixup root init with existing host cache
Creating a new root init with a shared location which already
provides directories of the system failed on init of those
directories. Only create the not yet existing directories
* Mon Oct 31 2016 ms@suse.com
- Fixup the wicked thing again
* Mon Oct 31 2016 ms@suse.com
- Put setupNetworkWicked in line with former dhcpcd
The way setupNetworkWicked implements the dhcp discovery was
incomplete. This Fixes bnc#1003091
* Fri Oct 28 2016 ms@suse.com
- Fixup assembling of mdraid array
when udev discovers an mdraid array it partially starts the array.
That is interfering with the mdadm --assemble call by kiwi which
leads to a busy state and an array in inactive state. Therefore
the method should wait until the raid array really exists no
matter if the assembling is started by udev or kiwi's mdadm call.
In addition if the array got assembled but is incomplete because
devices are missing or the timout is fired, an additional call to
start any array that has been partially assembled is required.
pxeRaidAssemble will throw an exception if after this call no
md device with a size > 0 will show up after a timeout. This
Fixes bnc#1000742
* Fri Oct 28 2016 ms@suse.com
- Fixup waitForStorageDevice
The function will return success if the size of the storage
device can be obtained and is greater than zero. The pure
success on reading from the block layer is not enough. In
order to actually work with the device it must provide a
size > 0. Related to bnc#1000742
* Thu Oct 27 2016 ms@suse.com
- Bump version: 8.24.5 → 8.24.6
* Thu Oct 27 2016 ms@suse.com
- Fixup initial directory creation for new root
During testing of alternative cache locations an init
problem with the var/ directory was observed
* Thu Oct 27 2016 ms@suse.com
- Do not allow imageinclude for images build in obs
Fixes #178
* Wed Oct 26 2016 dcassany@suse.com
- SystemPrepare instance delete before runnig SystemSetup
This commit fixes#175, now multiple profiles in OBS are possible using
kiwi boot initrd.
* Tue Oct 25 2016 ms@suse.com
- Use docopt's default value feature for cache dir
* Tue Oct 25 2016 ms@suse.com
- Cleanup unit tests using sys.argv
The tests should restore to the default argv option set
as provided by the test_helper
* Tue Oct 25 2016 ms@suse.com
- Update manual page
Include information for new --shared-cache-dir option
* Tue Oct 25 2016 ms@suse.com
- Added global option --shared-cache-dir
The option allows to specify an alternative shared host_to_image
cache directory. The default location is /var/cache/kiwi.
Fixes #92
* Tue Oct 25 2016 dcassany@suse.com
- Fixed a couple of constraints
* Tue Oct 25 2016 dcassany@suse.com
- Redo of xml_parse.py with updated generateDS
* Tue Oct 25 2016 ms@suse.com
- Initialize the systemd machine ID on first boot
The systemd machine id is considered to be a unique information
Thus it is required to initialize it on first boot of the image.
If the image uses the kiwi boot code (initrd) this action is
performed and and Fixes #169
* Mon Oct 24 2016 ms@suse.com
- Bump version: 8.24.4 → 8.24.5
* Mon Oct 24 2016 dcassany@suse.com
- Some tests slightly modified in order to improve coverage
This commit improves some example kiwi files and tests in order
to achieve a 100% code coverage.
* Mon Oct 24 2016 dcassany@suse.com
- Corrections on test kiwi description files
Some attributes needed to be changed in the test xmls. With this
commit all the description files are consistent with the new co-
occurrence constraints.
* Fri Oct 21 2016 dcassany@suse.com
- Co-occurrence constraints included in the schema
Constraints for pxe, iso, vmx, oem and docker image types have
been included.
* Fri Oct 21 2016 ms@suse.com
- config.partids only required for kiwi initrd
If dracut is used as initrd system an unused config.partids
file is generated. The partition id information is only used
by kiwi boot code not by dracut boot code. Related to
bnc#1005246
* Thu Oct 20 2016 ms@suse.com
- Bump version: 8.24.3 → 8.24.4
* Thu Oct 20 2016 ms@suse.com
- Make sure dracut initrd is copied correctly
* Thu Oct 20 2016 dcassany@suse.com
- Fixed a rounding error in partedMBToCylinder method
bc truncates number of cylinders to zero decimal places, which results
in a partition that is slightly smaller than the requested size. Add one
cylinder to compensate.
* Thu Oct 20 2016 dcassany@suse.com
- Integrating Schematron syntax in schema
Using Schematron syntax in schema co-occurrence constraints can
be easily defined. This commit provides the schematron integration.
* Wed Oct 19 2016 ms@suse.com
- Bump version: 8.24.2 → 8.24.3
* Wed Oct 19 2016 ms@suse.com
- Write fstab to kiwi boot image only
For the dracut initrd system the call happens in the system
root tree which already provides the fstab data
* Wed Oct 19 2016 ms@suse.com
- Bump version: 8.24.1 → 8.24.2
* Wed Oct 19 2016 ms@suse.com
- Dereference boot arch symlinks
* Wed Oct 19 2016 ms@suse.com
- Bump version: 8.24.0 → 8.24.1
* Wed Oct 19 2016 ms@suse.com
- Fixed typo in build Makefile target
* Wed Oct 19 2016 ms@suse.com
- Bump version: 8.23.0 → 8.24.0
* Wed Oct 19 2016 ms@suse.com
- Use format method for messages in image_resize
There are more places where this cleanup from %x format
attributes to the format() method is required. Here it is
done in the scope of the image resize task
* Wed Oct 19 2016 ms@suse.com
- Bump version: 8.22.0 → 8.23.0
* Wed Oct 19 2016 ms@suse.com
- Fixed setup.py custom install target
Make install method aware of --single-version-externally-managed
This option is passed to the call by pip if not installed as
egg
* Wed Oct 19 2016 ms@suse.com
- Added setuptools to development requirements
* Tue Oct 18 2016 ms@suse.com
- Delete travis pypi deployment
After weeks of try and error, this simply does not work for me
Manual deployment via make pypi and a local account works fine
Maybe this can be solved in the future but for now I can live
with a manual step
* Tue Oct 18 2016 ms@suse.com
- Package kiwi/boot/arch into sub archive
The sdist target runs into an infinite loop if installed via
pip. It seems the symlink files below boot/arch confuses
distutils
* Tue Oct 18 2016 ms@suse.com
- Bump version: 8.21.1 → 8.22.0
* Tue Oct 18 2016 ms@suse.com
- Revert "pycparser 2.15 does not play well with xattr"
This reverts commit 428436988d1db1017adfb6e92dbc3235d54e06b3.
* Tue Oct 18 2016 ms@suse.com
- Only resize disk format if required
Only resize the disk format if the raw disk has been changed
If the size of the raw disk is the same as the requested size
just print a message to the user
* Tue Oct 18 2016 ms@suse.com
- Simplify help call
* Tue Oct 18 2016 ms@suse.com
- Smarter way to calculate bytes from a size unit
* Tue Oct 18 2016 ms@suse.com
- Explicitly bool check for the service name option
From docopt we expect a True/False value for the selected
service name positional parameter. Thus the code should
also make it clear what we expect
* Tue Oct 18 2016 ms@suse.com
- Use format method instead of printf like style
* Tue Oct 18 2016 ms@suse.com
- Update resize_raw_disk method
Do not resize the disk if an attempt to resize to the same
size was made. Do not fail in this situation but indicate
via a bool return value if an action has happened(True)
or not(False)
* Tue Oct 18 2016 ms@suse.com
- Use latest version of pip for tox setup
* Tue Oct 18 2016 ms@suse.com
- Revert "Fixup travis setup"
This reverts commit ee9e633d78833d02a535e6f4d2ce775425082872.
* Tue Oct 18 2016 ms@suse.com
- Revert "Fixup travis.yml"
This reverts commit 1c80841e8c264ba1957e2ae6b53d2af2929479b0.
* Tue Oct 18 2016 ms@suse.com
- Fixup travis.yml
Make sure python-tox gets installed
* Tue Oct 18 2016 ms@suse.com
- Fixup travis setup
No need to install requirements, this is all done by tox
* Tue Oct 18 2016 ms@suse.com
- pycparser 2.15 does not play well with xattr
Use pycparser 2.14 in setup.py and virtual env requirements
* Tue Oct 18 2016 ms@suse.com
- Fixed setup.py install target
pip calls the install target but not the build target.
For kiwi's tools this means they need to run the tools
compilation if not already done prior to the installation
of the tools
* Tue Oct 18 2016 ms@suse.com
- Call dracut in system root tree
Change BootImageDracut class to call dracut in the specified
system root directory and not in a self prepared new root environment.
dracut reads scripts and dracut module configurations from the
installed system components, e.g kdump. Therefore calling it
from an isolated runtime environment creates an initrd which is
not matching the system components. Fixes bnc#1005246
* Mon Oct 17 2016 ms@suse.com
- Added kiwi image resize command
The image resize command allows to resize a disk image
and its optional disk format to a new disk geometry
* Mon Oct 17 2016 ms@suse.com
- Added manual page for image resize command
* Mon Oct 17 2016 ms@suse.com
- Add raw format to subformat factory
* Mon Oct 17 2016 ms@suse.com
- Allow ftp:// uri style for package repositories
* Mon Oct 17 2016 ms@suse.com
- Add grub2-efi-modules in rhel boot descriptions
This package provides the efi modules which are needed if
a custom efi module is build by kiwi via grub2-mkimage
* Mon Oct 17 2016 ms@suse.com
- Fixup doc string for target_removable attribute
The default behaviour was not explained clear enough
* Sat Oct 15 2016 ms@suse.com
- Added resize_raw_disk method in DiskFormatBase
Allow to increase the disk geometry of a disk image file
in order to create free space on this disk
* Thu Oct 13 2016 ms@suse.com
- Handle target_removable in kiwi disk builder
* Thu Oct 13 2016 ms@suse.com
- Handle target_removable in kiwi boot code
* Thu Oct 13 2016 ms@suse.com
- Store kiwi_target_removable in profile env
* Thu Oct 13 2016 ms@suse.com
- Added target_removable attribute
Indicate if the target disk for oem images is deployed to a
removable device e.g a USB stick or not. This only affects
the EFI setup if requested and in the end avoids the creation
of a custom boot menu entry in the firmware of the target
machine on first boot. This is related to bnc#993130
* Thu Oct 13 2016 ms@suse.com
- Use XML parser to test XML output for info.xml
* Thu Oct 13 2016 ms@suse.com
- parenthesis in imports only for multi-line imports
* Thu Oct 13 2016 ms@suse.com
- Delete unused textwrap import
* Thu Oct 13 2016 ms@suse.com
- Move info.xml test data into its own file
* Thu Oct 13 2016 ms@suse.com
- Fixup code smells per review
Only import what is needed, concat strings by a join
* Thu Oct 13 2016 ms@suse.com
- Create info.xml file for btrfs snapshot
If the system is installed into a btrfs snapshot a metadata
file called info.xml is created which is used by tools like
snapper. Fixes bnc#1000117
* Wed Oct 12 2016 ms@suse.com
- Cleanup use of cache location
* Tue Oct 11 2016 dcassany@suse.com
- Updated hideSplash method
hideSplash method now hides the splash image regardless of an active
console is detected or not.
This commit is port from openSUSE/kiwi#601
* Tue Oct 11 2016 dcassany@suse.com
- Fixing wrong spaces
* Tue Oct 11 2016 dcassany@suse.com
- Updated fetchFile method
Now it makes sure the splash is hidden before showing any progress
dialog.
This commit is port from openSUSE/kiwi#601
* Tue Oct 11 2016 ms@suse.com
- Bump version: 8.21.0 → 8.21.1
* Mon Oct 10 2016 ms@suse.com
- Fixup wicked DNS data validation
wicked provides DNS info in DNSSERVERS with a space as
separator and not with a ',' as it was the case in dhcpcd
* Mon Oct 10 2016 ms@suse.com
- Do not bundle the raw disk if a format is setup
Only bundle the compressed version of the .raw disk image
if no disk format like qcow2, vmdk, etc... is specified.
Fixes #159
* Mon Oct 10 2016 ms@suse.com
- Do not compress disk formats
Stay compatible with the former version of kiwi and do not
compress disk formats like qcow2, vmdk, etc... It also does
not make much sense since the disk formats itself are using
a compression algorithm. Fixes #159
* Mon Oct 10 2016 ms@suse.com
- Support yum repository priorities
yum normally installs the latest version of a package, regardless of
which repository provides it. The yum-plugin-priorities provides a
method to prefer a package from a repository with a higher priority.
Fixes #153
* Fri Oct 07 2016 ms@suse.com
- Bump version: 8.20.22 → 8.21.0
* Fri Oct 07 2016 ms@suse.com
- Fix attributes_not_used helper script
The script is used to check which parts of the XML schema
are not used by the new (kiwi v8) version. The information
is helpful to find missing or obsolete attribute handling
in v8 vs. v7
* Thu Oct 06 2016 dcassany@suse.com
- Modified few code lines to match landscape's quality standards
* Thu Oct 06 2016 ms@suse.com
- Use tmpfs for write overlay in netboot via nbd/aoe
* Wed Oct 05 2016 dcassany@suse.com
- Added support for multiple `--add-profile` options
* Wed Oct 05 2016 dcassany@suse.com
- Added '--add-profile' option in compat mode
This commit fixes #154. With this, the compatiblity mode accepts
the `--add-profile` option which was present in previous kiwi
versions and that is translated to `--profile` in the current
version.
* Wed Oct 05 2016 ms@suse.com
- Add set_property_readonly_root for volume manager
The custom option root_is_readonly_snapshot is evaluated
for the method set_property_readonly_root(). If set and
the root filesystem has been installed into a btrfs snapshot
the filesystem is turned into read-only mode
* Wed Oct 05 2016 ms@suse.com
- Evaluate root_is_readonly_snapshot in disk builder
* Wed Oct 05 2016 ms@suse.com
- Added btrfs_root_is_readonly_snapshot attribute
The attribute allows to specify if the root filesystem should
be set to read-only if it is created as a btrfs snapshot.
The option only has an effect if a btrfs snapshot is used as
root filesystem. Fixes bnc#1000080
* Sat Oct 01 2016 ms@suse.com
- Bump version: 8.20.21 → 8.20.22
* Fri Sep 30 2016 dcassany@suse.com
- Added test for -udf flag for genisoimage/mkisofs
* Fri Sep 30 2016 dcassany@suse.com
- Added forcing UDF filesystem for large images
Included -udf flag to force UDF filesystem usage
* Fri Sep 30 2016 ms@suse.com
- Fixed secure boot setup for iso media
Provide the shim loader and the shim signed grub loader in the
required boot path. Normally this task is done by the shim-install
tool. However, shim-install does not exist on all distributions
and the script does not operate well in CD environments from which
we generate live and/or install media. Thus shim-install is used
if possible at install time of the bootloader because it requires
access to the target block device. In any other case the kiwi
fallback code applies
* Fri Sep 30 2016 dcassany@suse.com
- Added support for mkisofs
genisoimage and mkisofs tools are slightly different so this commit
makes sure all flags are supported in both tools.
* Fri Sep 30 2016 ms@suse.com
- Fixed hybrid setup for large ISO images
The isohybrid tool uses fseek() to locate the bootloader files.
That's unfortunately not 64-bit safe. In case of an ISO image
bigger than 4G this leads to 32-bit offset issues. kiwi can
workaround this problem by putting the bootloader files near
the top of the iso image, which is done by a change in the
sortfile of this commit
* Thu Sep 29 2016 ms@suse.com
- Added rpm_excludedocs handling for yum
rpm supports the --excludepath option. However, yum can not be
configured to pass along options to rpm or the python interface
it uses. Thus only a warning about excludedocs not being
supported by kiwi for yum is issued. Fixes #133
* Thu Sep 29 2016 ms@suse.com
- Added rpm_excludedocs handling for apt
Setup the appropriate dpkg options to avoid the installation
of manual pages and package documentation if rpm_excludedocs
is set in the kiwi XML description. Related to #133
* Tue Sep 27 2016 ms@suse.com
- Make sure netboot code populates kiwi_RootPart
For disk based images the file config.partids is written and
imported. However, for netboot stations a disk is optional
and no partids information exists. In order to provide at
least the partition number for the root partition on netboot
stations with a disk, the kiwi_RootPart is exported from
the provided client configuration file. Fixes bnc#1000194
* Tue Sep 27 2016 ms@suse.com
- Bump version: 8.20.20 → 8.20.21
* Tue Sep 27 2016 ms@suse.com
- Call grub2-install as chroot operation
In addition to the chrooted call make sure all volumes from
the volume manager (if used) are mounted at call time
* Tue Sep 27 2016 ms@suse.com
- Fixup grub default module list
The test module is a required module in any case
* Tue Sep 27 2016 ms@suse.com
- Make sure fstab exists in initrd creation system
* Tue Sep 27 2016 ms@suse.com
- Umount volumes prior to bootloader installation
* Mon Sep 26 2016 ms@suse.com
- Bump version: 8.20.19 → 8.20.20
* Mon Sep 26 2016 ms@suse.com
- Respect setup of devicepersistency for swap part
If a swap boot partition is requested it should be added
to the fstab file according to the device persistency
setup or its uuid default
* Mon Sep 26 2016 ms@suse.com
- Update schema documentation
* Mon Sep 26 2016 ms@suse.com
- Bump version: 8.20.18 → 8.20.19
* Mon Sep 26 2016 ms@suse.com
- Respect setup of devicepersistency for boot part
If an extra boot partition is requested it should be added
to the fstab file according to the device persistency setup
or the default uuid persistency type
* Mon Sep 26 2016 ms@suse.com
- Only sync .mod grub2 module files
When syncing the grub2 modules to the boot directory only the
.mod version of the module needs to be present
* Mon Sep 26 2016 ms@suse.com
- Mount boot volumes on grub install
If there are volumes below /boot they need to be mounted before
grub2-install / shim-install is called in order to make sure all
data is available in the volume
* Fri Sep 23 2016 ms@suse.com
- Bump version: 8.20.17 → 8.20.18
* Fri Sep 23 2016 ms@suse.com
- Make sure boot image dump is cleaned up
* Fri Sep 23 2016 ms@suse.com
- Refactor DiskBuilder class
The DiskBuilder class is able to build a disk its corresponding
format and the installation image to install this disk by using
the InstallImageBuilder. However all three tasks were handled
in a row which lead to the problem that resources like active
mount processes were still open when e.g the disk format is
created. The race conditions produced here lead to an undefined
state of the resulting disk format and/or install image. In
order to avoid this the DiskBuilder class has been refactored
in a way that each tasks is an atomic operation which is
freeing its resources after success
* Thu Sep 22 2016 ms@suse.com
- Delete root, boot, efi fstab setup from kiwi boot
The kiwi boot code was responsible for setting up the contents
of the fstab file on first boot. However the build process now
provides an fstab with the generic label or uuid based fstab
entries which allows to remove that part from the kiwi boot
code
* Thu Sep 22 2016 ms@suse.com
- Add root, boot and efi partitions to fstab
Make sure the above partitions are added to the generic fstab
with their label or uuid at build time
* Thu Sep 22 2016 ms@suse.com
- Added BlockID class
Class to provide support for retrieving block device metadata
* Thu Sep 22 2016 ms@suse.com
- Use BlockID class for block operations
* Thu Sep 22 2016 ms@suse.com
- Fixed fstab entries for btrfs subvolumes
mount options must be part of the subvol information which
itself is also a mount option
* Thu Sep 22 2016 dcassany@suse.com
- Corrected DEVICE_TIMEOUT variable validation
Now it uses regex in order to validate the variable is an integer
* Wed Sep 21 2016 ms@suse.com
- Bump version: 8.20.16 → 8.20.17
* Wed Sep 21 2016 ms@suse.com
- Normalize mount path in get_fstab for lvm volumes
* Wed Sep 21 2016 ms@suse.com
- Fixed get_fstab parameter order for lvm
* Wed Sep 21 2016 ms@suse.com
- Bump version: 8.20.15 → 8.20.16
* Wed Sep 21 2016 ms@suse.com
- Delete fstab setup for volumes from kiwi boot code
For persistent devices like LVM volumes or btrfs sub volumes
the fstab setup can be done at build time. Fixes #142
* Wed Sep 21 2016 dcassany@suse.com
- Custom device timeout variable added
This commit patches the issue bnc#992992. Now DEVICE_TIMEOUT
variable can be used in order to set the device waiting timeout
in watForStorageDevice function. Must be a numeric value expressed
in seconds.
* Wed Sep 21 2016 ms@suse.com
- Implement get_fstab for btrfs volume management
* Wed Sep 21 2016 ms@suse.com
- Fixed btrfs mount_volumes if root is snapshot
The provided subvolume name contained the snapshot path which
is invalid. In addition nested volumes e.g /var/cache were
reduced to /cache which is wrong
* Wed Sep 21 2016 ms@suse.com
- Cleanup unit test
Use only one instance of context manager for all tests
* Tue Sep 20 2016 ms@suse.com
- Create fstab entries for persistent devices
Instead of creating the fstab at boot time, those entries which
are generic and not depending on an unknown device name can be
created as part of the image building process.
* Tue Sep 20 2016 ms@suse.com
- Implement get_fstab for LVM volume management
* Tue Sep 20 2016 ms@suse.com
- Added get_fstab to volume manager interface
The volume manager interface should allow to provide
fstab entries for the volumes it manages
* Tue Sep 20 2016 ms@suse.com
- Bump version: 8.20.14 → 8.20.15
* Tue Sep 20 2016 ms@suse.com
- Fixed evaluation of Dialog return value
The return code from the Dialog boot code was evaluated after
other shell code was executed. Thus the return code from the
call in question was lost and misinterpreted
* Tue Sep 20 2016 ms@suse.com
- Make sure volumes are mounted prior to install
* Tue Sep 20 2016 ms@suse.com
- Fixup invalid character in bash source
* Tue Sep 20 2016 ms@suse.com
- Bump version: 8.20.13 → 8.20.14
* Mon Sep 19 2016 ms@suse.com
- Fixup chroot adaption for caller environment
The ZYPP_CONF path is provided as part of the caller environment
and not as a zypper caller parameter. However the path adaptions
when calls happens chrooted was only done for the commandline
arguments but not for the command environment. This patch also
adapts the environment, related to Issue #133
* Mon Sep 19 2016 ms@suse.com
- Make ifplugstatus available in boot images
Added ifplugd to kiwi oem|netboot images for leap and tumbleweed
* Mon Sep 19 2016 ms@suse.com
- Prefer ifplugstatus for link up check
Use ifplugstatus if present to check if the network link
is up. Fallback is the old ip based method
* Fri Sep 16 2016 ms@suse.com
- Fixup theme setup in grub2 config template
Only set the theme if the .txt file describing it exists
* Thu Sep 15 2016 ms@suse.com
- Fixup yum group install
yum groups can contain spaces, thus quoting is required
Fixes #138
* Thu Sep 15 2016 ms@suse.com
- Bump version: 8.20.12 → 8.20.13
* Thu Sep 15 2016 ms@suse.com
- Follow up fix for setupNetworkWicked
IP address information from wicked is imported twice.
However the plain IPv4 address validation happened only
on the first import. Fixes bnc#992989
* Tue Sep 13 2016 ms@suse.com
- Fixed pxe install archive md5 file
The md5 sum must be created from the uncompressed version
of the disk image
* Tue Sep 13 2016 ms@suse.com
- Added missing trigger file for oem pxe install
The config.vmxsystem trigger file was missing in the oem
install initrd used when deploying a disk image over pxe
* Mon Sep 12 2016 ms@suse.com
- Bump version: 8.20.11 → 8.20.12
* Mon Sep 12 2016 ms@suse.com
- Integrate schema documentation into doc process
The schema documentation is auto generated via the schema_parser
helper tool. The tox doc target now also generates schema docs
Fixes #53
* Mon Sep 12 2016 ms@suse.com
- Schema docs generation helper
A simple script to parse the RelaxNG schema that grabs relevant
information in order to produce autogenerated documentation from
the schema inline comments.
* Mon Sep 12 2016 ms@suse.com
- Added handling for rpm-excludedocs for zypper
In zypper zypp.conf can be setup to prevent the installation
of %doc marked items from rpm packages. The <rpm-excludedocs>
section in the kiwi XML description is used to provide this
functionality. So far this feature is only implemented for
zypper. References #133
* Sun Sep 11 2016 ms@suse.com
- Make sure EFI modules are provided in uefi mode
For EFI secure boot (uefi) the grub2 efi modules were not
copied to the target directory. shim-install normally does
that by invoking grub2-install. However shim-install does
not allow to call grub2-install with the required parameters
as needed for loop (image) based targets. Thus kiwi calls
shim-install but skips grub2-install and takes care to
provide the needed EFI modules.
* Sun Sep 11 2016 ms@suse.com
- Revert WaitForStorageDevice patch
The logic to setup a wait timeout by asking a device property
from a device which does not yet exist raises a chicken and egg
problem
* Sun Sep 11 2016 ms@suse.com
- Fixed message typo (bnc#996255)
* Wed Sep 07 2016 tbechtold@suse.com
- travis: Update pypi password
Next try to get the automatic deployment on pypi fixed.
* Thu Aug 25 2016 ms@suse.com
- Move to tar.gz as sdist target
PyPI is planning to support only .tar.gz in the near future.
See https://www.python.org/dev/peps/pep-0527. This Fixes #132
* Thu Aug 25 2016 ms@suse.com
- Activate partition using parted instead of sfdisk
sfdisk changes their caller semantics incompatible. Therefore
we move to a tool which is still stable in the caller options
Fixes #129
* Thu Aug 25 2016 ms@suse.com
- Update baseStripRPM
Method is a noop and only exists for compatibility
kiwi handles the deletion of packages in the core
builder code
* Thu Aug 25 2016 ms@suse.com
- Bump version: 8.20.10 → 8.20.11
* Thu Aug 25 2016 ms@suse.com
- Revert "Update doc string for kiwi_compat.py"
docopt strings are not allowed to be interrupted by a newline
This reverts commit b1b92ed830820530bfd7bdc5256525f3dfc01a4a.
* Thu Aug 25 2016 ms@suse.com
- Bump version: 8.20.9 → 8.20.10
* Thu Aug 25 2016 ms@suse.com
- Use os.linesep
Python's os module provides a portable version for the line
separator which should be used whenever possible. Fixes #130
* Thu Aug 25 2016 ms@suse.com
- Bump version: 8.20.8 → 8.20.9
* Thu Aug 25 2016 ms@suse.com
- Fixed custom entries in vmdk machine config
Each custom entry must be written in a separate line
* Wed Aug 24 2016 ms@suse.com
- Update API documentation
Recall sphinx-apidoc and update the generated result markup
* Wed Aug 24 2016 ms@suse.com
- Update doc string for kiwi_compat.py
Make sphinx happy
* Wed Aug 24 2016 tbechtold@suse.com
- travis: Update pypi password
Next try to get the automatic deployment on pypi fixed.
* Wed Aug 24 2016 ms@suse.com
- Bump version: 8.20.7 → 8.20.8
* Tue Aug 23 2016 ms@suse.com
- Fixup get_build_type_vmconfig_entries
Make sure we can rely on a list return even if no
machine section exists at all.
* Tue Aug 23 2016 ms@suse.com
- Add evaluation of machine's vmconfig_entry
As part of the machine section it is possible to setup a custom
entry which is stored in the machine configuration file. The
evaluation of such an entry for the vmdk (.vmx) config file
was still missing. This Fixes #122
* Tue Aug 23 2016 tbechtold@suse.com
- travis: Next try to fix automatic pypi deployment
Also the travis command which added the pypi deployment part formatted
the yaml file.
* Mon Aug 22 2016 ms@suse.com
- Fixed bootloader configuration
custom kernel parameters should be added to
GRUB_CMDLINE_LINUX and not GRUB_CMDLINE_LINUX_DEFAULT
Fixes bnc#994910
* Fri Aug 19 2016 dcassany@suse.com
- Use str.format for int to string convertion
* Fri Aug 19 2016 dcassany@suse.com
- Setup tests corrected #124
* Fri Aug 19 2016 dcassany@suse.com
- Fixes #124
* Fri Aug 19 2016 dcassany@suse.com
- Rearranged waitForStorageDevice code comments
* Fri Aug 19 2016 dcassany@suse.com
- Added a case statement for transport types
* Fri Aug 19 2016 dcassany@suse.com
- Removed some backquotes in favour of $()
* Thu Aug 18 2016 ms@suse.com
- Bump version: 8.20.6 → 8.20.7
* Thu Aug 18 2016 ms@suse.com
- Make repository an optional element
So far one repository was mandatory in the XML description.
However, this is not required because all repositories can
be specified on the commandline
* Thu Aug 18 2016 dcassany@suse.com
- Added quotes to protect against spaces
* Thu Aug 18 2016 dcassany@suse.com
- Added getDeviceTransportType method
The method gets the transport type of the given device.
WaitForStorageDevice reacts according to the transport type
by having a shorter timeout in case the device is a usb.
* Thu Aug 18 2016 dcassany@suse.com
- WaitForStorageDevice patch
The function has been modified in order to distinguish a shorter
timeout if the device is a usb.
* Wed Aug 17 2016 ms@suse.com
- Bump version: 8.20.5 → 8.20.6
* Wed Aug 17 2016 ms@suse.com
- Update compat options for create step
The --ignore-repos, --set-repo and --add-repo options are allowed to
be specified for compatibility reasons if --create is specified in
the compat commandline. However, they are not used in the next
generation kiwi create step because the repo information is persistently
stored after the prepare step has finished, which is not the case for
the legacy kiwi version
* Wed Aug 17 2016 ms@suse.com
- Support --ignore-repos in compat mode
* Wed Aug 17 2016 ms@suse.com
- Added --ignore-repos for build and prepare tasks
The option allows to ignore all repos configured in the
XML description. This allows to specify a complete set
of repositories via the commandline
* Tue Aug 16 2016 ms@suse.com
- Bump version: 8.20.4 → 8.20.5
* Tue Aug 16 2016 ms@suse.com
- Preserve timestamp on grub2-install copy
In order to workaround the bug in shim-install which
unnecessarily calls grub2-install we replace the binary
by a noop before calling shim-install. However all file
attributes of the grub2-install binary, timestamp, modes,
etc should stay untouched (bnc#993825)
* Mon Aug 15 2016 ms@suse.com
- Update documentation
Move information about legacy kiwi in its own chapter
* Fri Aug 12 2016 ms@suse.com
- Bump version: 8.20.3 → 8.20.4
* Fri Aug 12 2016 ms@suse.com
- Update documentation
Prevent to use non public url references
* Fri Aug 12 2016 ms@suse.com
- Bump version: 8.20.2 → 8.20.3
* Fri Aug 12 2016 ms@suse.com
- Fixup vmdk header update
due to the wrong file open mode the result image was
truncated on update of the vm tools version
* Fri Aug 12 2016 ms@suse.com
- Bump version: 8.20.1 → 8.20.2
* Fri Aug 12 2016 ms@suse.com
- Update documentation
delete broken links to online ssh key blogs
* Fri Aug 12 2016 ms@suse.com
- Bump version: 8.20.0 → 8.20.1
* Fri Aug 12 2016 ms@suse.com
- Binary opened file should receive bytes
Avoids TypeError: 'str' does not support the buffer interface
for the vmdk header update
* Thu Aug 11 2016 ms@suse.com
- Fixed setupNetworkWicked
IP address information from wicked dhcp reply consists out of
two parts but we are only interested in the plain IPv4 address
information at this point. Fixes bnc#992989
* Thu Aug 11 2016 ms@suse.com
- Make sure DHCPCHADDR is upercase
Fixes bnc#992988
* Thu Aug 11 2016 ms@suse.com
- Delete obsolete <except> section
The <except> section was formerly used as part of the <split>
section. kiwi no longer supports static split images in favour
of overlay systems based on e.g overlayfs. Fixes #120
* Thu Aug 11 2016 ms@suse.com
- Better logging if Path.which doesn't find the file
* Wed Aug 10 2016 ms@suse.com
- Added docstring for KiwiDescriptionConflict
* Wed Aug 10 2016 ms@suse.com
- Fixup Command.run if called with raise_on_error set to False
* Wed Aug 10 2016 dcassany@suse.com
- indentation fix
* Wed Aug 10 2016 dcassany@suse.com
- Updated logging message
Updated logging formating in a way that landscape does not complain
* Wed Aug 10 2016 dcassany@suse.com
- Updated Command to use Path.which
Command.run and Command.call now make use of Path.which in order
to test if the command is available or not. Also Path.which has
been extended in order to support custom environments and to be
able to test file permissions (read. write, execute)
* Tue Aug 09 2016 ms@suse.com
- protect systemd-detect-virt
Protect systemd-detect-virt from being deleted in the kiwi initrd
* Fri Aug 05 2016 dcassany@suse.com
- Command validation
This commit includes a validation in Command.run and Command.call
in order to verify the existance of the command before running it.
It case it is not found in the specified environment it raises a
KiwiCommandNotFound Exception.
* Fri Aug 05 2016 dcassany@suse.com
- Detailed schema validation report
This commit adds the execution of a jing process if the validation
fails, that way the user has more information about what is
actually failing during the validation process. If jing command
is not found, it just produces an info message to warn the user
and kiwi finalizes as expected.
* Thu Aug 04 2016 ms@suse.com
- Workaround Fix for pypi travis deployment
Use all_branches: true, as we do only tag with bumpversion for
a release this workaround works for us. For reference see
https://github.com/travis-ci/travis-ci/issues/1675
* Wed Aug 03 2016 ms@suse.com
- Bump version: 8.19.6 → 8.20.0
* Wed Aug 03 2016 ms@suse.com
- Fixed suseSetupProduct
Avoid shell complaining about binary operator
* Wed Aug 03 2016 ms@suse.com
- Fixed baseUpdateSysConfig
Check if referenced config file exists
* Wed Aug 03 2016 ms@suse.com
- Delete obsolete use of SuSEconfig
SuSEconfig was a tool long time ago and does not exist anymore
* Wed Aug 03 2016 ms@suse.com
- Delete obsolete sysV init boot code
Traces of chkconfig, inittab, etc/init.d are gone now
* Wed Aug 03 2016 ms@suse.com
- Fixed suseSetupProduct
Fixed shell variable evaluation syntax
* Wed Aug 03 2016 ms@suse.com
- Less complex user, group traversal
* Wed Aug 03 2016 dcassany@suse.com
- Simplified example config file
* Wed Aug 03 2016 dcassany@suse.com
- Updated get_users and get_user_groups methods
Get_users method has been updated in order to be able to append the
groups attribute when a user is defined in multiple <users> sections in
the description file. Appart from groups, all other user attributes
are ignored if the user was already processed when parsing the description
file.
Get_users_groups method has been also updated so it returns a list of
groups with unique values, keeping the description file order.
* Tue Aug 02 2016 dcassany@suse.com
- Updated xml_state
The changes here modify the method get_users in xml_state in order
to provide a simple list of users instead of nested lists. Also a new
method to get the groups for a given user has been included in
xml_state. This is done in order to slim down and facilitate the
code in kiwi/system/setup.py. This way users and groups can be handled
in more natural way.
* Mon Aug 01 2016 ms@suse.com
- Rebuild RNG schema and parser for 6.4
* Mon Aug 01 2016 ms@suse.com
- Auto validate XML descriptions for schema 6.4
* Mon Aug 01 2016 ms@suse.com
- Added schema conversion convert63to64.xsl
* Mon Aug 01 2016 ms@suse.com
- Bump kiwi schema version 6.3 -> 6.4
* Mon Aug 01 2016 ms@suse.com
- Fixed 6.2 to 6.3 XSL conversion
Deletion of attributes of the same section must be
handled in one iteration
* Wed Jul 27 2016 dcassany@suse.com
- Updated the user schema layout
Now each user item may or may not have a groups attribute. The
groups attribute is a comma separated list of group names. If
present the first group name will be the login or primary group,
if not present, the underlying toolchain will assign the default
login group for that user.
* Tue Jul 26 2016 dcassany@suse.com
- New generated schema and parser
* Tue Jul 26 2016 dcassany@suse.com
- Some corrections needed after rebuilding schema and parser
* Tue Jul 26 2016 ms@suse.com
- Update true/false handling of text nodes
The latest version of generateDS handles <section>true|false</section>
text values in a way that it returns a boolean python type instead
of the text string. With this change the kiwi code has to be adapted
at the level of writing the shell profile which needs the string
value of boolean information
* Tue Jul 26 2016 ms@suse.com
- Regenerate data structures
Regenerate xml_parse with latest version of generateDS.
The call works in the python2.7 tox virtual environment
as part of the following make target:
$ make kiwi/schema/kiwi.rng
* Tue Jul 26 2016 ms@suse.com
- Switch to latest version of generateDS
Data Structures are auto generated from the XML schema.
So far the development environment has requested an older
version of generateDS which will go out of service soon
* Tue Jul 26 2016 dcassany@suse.com
- fixing user schema layout
* Tue Jul 26 2016 ms@suse.com
- Fixed typo in boot headers OpenSuSE vs. openSUSE
* Tue Jul 26 2016 ms@suse.com
- Fixed typo in translation OpenSUSE vs. openSUSE
* Mon Jul 25 2016 ms@suse.com
- Make sure awk is available in oemboot
* Mon Jul 25 2016 ms@suse.com
- Explain why bytes type is redefined
In python2 bytes is string which is different from the bytes
type in python3. The bytes type from the builtins generalizes
this type to be bytes always. However the redefinition of the
bytes type is marked as Smell in landscape. Thus the code
should at least inform why this is done
* Mon Jul 25 2016 ms@suse.com
- Use six.Iterator instead of global object builtin
The use of six.Iterator as base class for the CommandIterator
seems more clear and explicit compared to the global object
type overwritten by the builtins import. Fixes Smell reported
by landscape
* Fri Jul 22 2016 dcassany@suse.com
- Added kiwi/archive/tar class description
* Fri Jul 22 2016 dcassany@suse.com
- extending kiwi/archive/tar
* Thu Jul 21 2016 ms@suse.com
- Fixing gce format build
The patch is two fold, first it fixes the name of the raw disk
when it is copied as disk.raw. Second it fixes the content list
of the tarball to be dynamicly build instead of a static allocation.
Reason for this change is that the list of files depends on the
XML description whether or not a gce disk tag is configured.
Fixes #113
* Wed Jul 20 2016 dcassany@suse.com
- Fixes #111: Included support for vdi format
* Mon Jul 18 2016 ms@suse.com
- Bump version: 8.19.5 → 8.19.6
* Mon Jul 18 2016 ms@suse.com
- Fixed changelog generator
* Mon Jul 18 2016 ms@suse.com
- Don't ask to start recovery in unattended mode
If oem-recovery is setup in the XML description along with
oem-unattended set to true as well we don't ask for confirmation
to run the recovery when the recovery menu entry is selected
at boot time
* Mon Jul 18 2016 tbechtold@suse.com
- Release automatically on pypi (2nd try)
Last try from 142ca22d8e was not working. Update the secure hash
and also set explcitly the master branch when looking for tags.
* Wed Jul 13 2016 ms@suse.com
- Added integration build test link to doc index
* Tue Jul 12 2016 ms@suse.com
- Bump version: 8.19.4 → 8.19.5
* Tue Jul 12 2016 ms@suse.com
- Don't require an iso creation toolkit
* Tue Jul 12 2016 ms@suse.com
- Bump version: 8.19.3 → 8.19.4
* Mon Jul 11 2016 ms@suse.com
- prefer newer overlayfs mount method
mount succeeds in compat mode but this mode should only
be used on older overlayfs implementations
* Fri Jul 08 2016 ms@suse.com
- Bump version: 8.19.2 → 8.19.3
* Fri Jul 08 2016 ms@suse.com
- Message commit for bug reference
Fixup of VMware disk tag references (bnc#988086)
* Fri Jul 08 2016 ms@suse.com
- Prevent duplication of context manager in test
* Thu Jul 07 2016 ms@suse.com
- Bump version: 8.19.1 → 8.19.2
* Thu Jul 07 2016 ms@suse.com
- Complete doc string for Path.which method
* Thu Jul 07 2016 ms@suse.com
- Implement Path.which
Python provides methods to do this but we can't rely on them
to be available in all python versions
* Thu Jul 07 2016 jmason@suse.com
- Conditionally prefix encoding to vmware disk tag
Prior code was always adding the encoding statement to vmware disk tag;
in the event it is already present there's no need to add it a second time.
See also https://github.com/openSUSE/kiwi/pull/586/commits/af1fed77af862dc44bd4322680425299ef5ad654
* Thu Jul 07 2016 jmason@suse.com
- Remove null padding on the vmware disk tag
The block of data read via dd is null padded; adding the tools data after
the padding breaks detection of the data. We need to remove the nulls (0x0)
so appends can occur adjacent to the block of strings.
See also https://github.com/openSUSE/kiwi/pull/586/commits/ee8931c76c17c79d30a128c05cc6f839a1de7156
* Thu Jul 07 2016 ms@suse.com
- Update documentation
Cleanup structure of contribution guide
* Thu Jul 07 2016 ms@suse.com
- Update documentation
Complete documentation about required C libraries which
needs to be installed prior to setting up the python
virtual development environment
* Wed Jul 06 2016 ms@suse.com
- Fixup dependency on genisoimage
Only for SLE12 the package requires genisoimage for
any other distribution mkisofs is required. The community
variant with genisoimage seems to be quite outdated.
However, on SLE12 only genisoimage exists. Fixes #106
* Wed Jul 06 2016 ms@suse.com
- Lookup tool name by path lookup
* Wed Jul 06 2016 ms@suse.com
- Update import statement
parenthesis only needed for multi-line multi-import
* Wed Jul 06 2016 ms@suse.com
- Refactor block depth on get_volumes
return early if the condition makes it clear that there
is nothing more to do in this method
* Wed Jul 06 2016 ms@suse.com
- Lookup iso creation tool
Instead of strictly using genisoimage allow for using
either the community variant or mkisofs as provided by
J.Schilling
* Tue Jul 05 2016 ms@suse.com
- Refactor reading of volume variables in boot code
Use new style profile variables without name limitations
Related to #39
* Tue Jul 05 2016 ms@suse.com
- Refactor profile for volume setup
Don't use volume names in bash variables. In addition that
removes the name limitations we had for volume names
Related to #39
* Tue Jul 05 2016 ms@suse.com
- Delete obsolete volume condition checks
No need to check for LVSwap or LVComp in volume setup.
If at all those volumes are created at boot time.
Related to #39
* Tue Jul 05 2016 ms@suse.com
- Refactor use of kiwi_allFreeVolume_
Do not expect the value to come from an exported variable
Instead a method to provide the information is implemented
Related to #39
* Mon Jul 04 2016 ms@suse.com
- Bump version: 8.19.0 → 8.19.1
* Fri Jul 01 2016 ms@suse.com
- Fixup cleanup of intermediate config files
kiwi uses e.g etc/hosts from the host system for proper name
resolution during the build. The temporary variant of that
file will be deleted by kiwi at the end of the installation
process. However depending on the package manager and the
distribution it could happen that the intermediate config
file added by kiwi is treated as existing config variant.
In case of rpm a .rpmnew file variant of the config file
is created and that needs to be handled by kiwi. Therefore
this patch adds a private restore method for the .rpmnew
case. It might be needed to add other restore methods to
deal with this issue depending on how other (non rpm) based
package managers handles the situation. Fixes #104
* Thu Jun 30 2016 ms@suse.com
- Bump version: 8.18.9 → 8.19.0
* Thu Jun 30 2016 ms@suse.com
- Make sure mtab link exists in kiwi initrd
On Debian systems the filesystem tools requires the
presence of the mtab file, thus we make sure this file
exists and links to proc/self/mounts
* Wed Jun 29 2016 ms@suse.com
- Refactor use of dialog program in boot code
Cleanup the mess, provide only one method to run a dialog
Prevent use of subshells for running the dialog program
* Wed Jun 29 2016 ms@suse.com
- Fixed use of shutil.copytree
The target dir must not exist. However in order to force copy
a potentially existing target is deleted before
* Wed Jun 29 2016 ms@suse.com
- udev console init requires kbd_mode on Ubuntu
keep kbd_mode in initrd
* Wed Jun 29 2016 ms@suse.com
- Added oemboot description for ubuntu-xenial
Also add kiwi linuxrc/preinit links for vmxboot
* Wed Jun 29 2016 ms@suse.com
- Allow alternative location for udev console init
yet another name and location for the console init utility
* Wed Jun 29 2016 cbruckmayer@suse.com
- Remove lxc configuration from docker images
Docker does not use LXC execdriver anymore.
Fixes #40
* Mon Jun 27 2016 ms@suse.com
- Bump version: 8.18.8 → 8.18.9
* Mon Jun 27 2016 ms@suse.com
- Fix linkcheck in container_builder.rst
* Mon Jun 27 2016 ms@suse.com
- Fix linkcheck in container_builder.rst
* Mon Jun 27 2016 ms@suse.com
- Bump version: 8.18.7 → 8.18.8
* Mon Jun 27 2016 ms@suse.com
- Update Documentation
Update state of supported distributions
* Mon Jun 27 2016 ms@suse.com
- Apply editorial review changes
* Mon Jun 27 2016 ms@suse.com
- Apply editorial review changes
* Mon Jun 27 2016 ms@suse.com
- Apply editorial review changes
* Mon Jun 27 2016 ms@suse.com
- Delete traces of obsolete code
* Mon Jun 27 2016 ms@suse.com
- Prevent unconditional deletion of toplevel data
The kiwi initrd descriptions calls suseStripInitrd() as part
of the images.sh script. This function unconditionally removes
toplevel directories like /home. Instead of deleting the data
it is better to exclude them when the cpio archive is created
* Fri Jun 24 2016 ms@suse.com
- Bump version: 8.18.6 → 8.18.7
* Fri Jun 24 2016 ms@suse.com
- Added serial console support for isolinux loader
Generate a serial line setup for the isolinux.cfg file
according to the bootloader_console attribute from the
XML description. In addition delete the use of the obsolete
vga kernel parameter and work with the MENU RESOLUTION
ui configuration parameter instead
* Fri Jun 24 2016 ms@suse.com
- Bump version: 8.18.5 → 8.18.6
* Fri Jun 24 2016 ms@suse.com
- Fixed setup of default install menu entry
The attribute installboot allows to specify the default boot
menu entry in an install image. It can be set to harddisk,
install or failsafe install. The setup of that information
in the bootloader configuration was not properly processed
* Thu Jun 23 2016 ms@suse.com
- Fix landscape Smells
* Thu Jun 23 2016 ms@suse.com
- Update location of build container
* Thu Jun 23 2016 ms@suse.com
- Update dice source link
* Thu Jun 23 2016 ms@suse.com
- Update Dice project location
* Thu Jun 23 2016 ms@suse.com
- Apply editorial review changes
* Wed Jun 22 2016 ms@suse.com
- Bump version: 8.18.4 → 8.18.5
* Wed Jun 22 2016 ms@suse.com
- Fixed building of install image
If dracut is requested as initrd_system in combination with
building an installiso we have to overrule the initrd_system
setup for building the install image. The code to install
an image is kiwi's oem install code and unknown to dracut.
The process will end up using dracut as initrd in the system
image but kiwi's initrd on the install image
* Wed Jun 22 2016 ms@suse.com
- Delete kiwi-tools from rhel boot descriptions
kiwi-tools is no longer a requirement but an optional package
It contains tools like utimer or dcounter which provides
nice boot timer or progress dialogs for showing data transfer
progress. In the Virtualization:Appliances:CommonBoot repo
we provide mandatory and optional packages used by kiwi if
they don't exist for the target distribution
* Wed Jun 22 2016 ms@suse.com
- Better warning message for root cmdline setup
Under certain circumstance the root=UUID=<uuid> parameter must be
setup in the cmdline of the image. If the required uuid value
is not provided a warning message is shown to the user. This
commit makes the warning message more meaningful
* Wed Jun 22 2016 ms@suse.com
- Extend unit tests for boot image setup
Expect kiwi_initrdname to be set in the profile of
the boot image root system
* Wed Jun 22 2016 ms@suse.com
- Call plymouth only when installed
* Wed Jun 22 2016 ms@suse.com
- Add delete method for profile variables
* Tue Jun 21 2016 ms@suse.com
- Added article about self contained building
The article describes how to make use of the dice
project to control and maintain image build processes
in a contained environment
* Tue Jun 21 2016 ms@suse.com
- Fix grub bootloader template
Keep gfxpayload
* Tue Jun 21 2016 ms@suse.com
- Update bootloader console setup in boot code
Use the variable kiwi_bootloader_console which represents the
setup of the bootloader console from the XML description and
setup the GRUB_TERMINAL configuration option to allow
grub2-mkconfig to pick up the value. If no console setup
exists in the XML description, gfxterm is used by default
* Tue Jun 21 2016 ms@suse.com
- Make bootloader_console availabe in profile
The variable kiwi_bootloader_console is exposed into the
profile environment
* Tue Jun 21 2016 ms@suse.com
- Delete obsolete code
All traces of lilo and elilo are gone now
* Tue Jun 21 2016 ms@suse.com
- Fixed grub2 bootloader config template
Load fonts only when they exist, do not duplicate font
setup in template
* Tue Jun 21 2016 ms@suse.com
- Fixed bootloader theme check
The check for the theme was not always called, but this
is required since the theme check will reset the bootloader
console if no graphics theme could be found
* Mon Jun 20 2016 ms@suse.com
- Bump version: 8.18.3 → 8.18.4
* Mon Jun 20 2016 ms@suse.com
- Apply back openSUSE 13.2 support
Until Leap42.2 is not yet released we should keep the
support for 13.2
* Mon Jun 20 2016 ms@suse.com
- Added support for setting the bootloader console
Some bootloader e.g grub supports graphics, text and also
serial consoles to hand over the output of the bootloader
menu. With this patch we allow to customize the console
used by the bootloader. So far only grub makes use of the
new attribute
<type ... bootloader_console="serial|console|gfxterm"/>
This references Trello:
https://trello.com/c/q9EhNKKV/155-support-for-grub2-serial-console
* Mon Jun 20 2016 ms@suse.com
- Bump version: 8.18.2 → 8.18.3
* Mon Jun 20 2016 ms@suse.com
- Fixed typo in message text
* Mon Jun 20 2016 ms@suse.com
- Fixed vmxboot/ubuntu-xenial boot description
dracut should be installed to support initrd_system="dracut"
* Mon Jun 20 2016 ms@suse.com
- Update iso|vmxboot debian boot descriptions
* Mon Jun 20 2016 ms@suse.com
- Fixup ldd check for unused libraries
* Sun Jun 19 2016 ms@suse.com
- Update vmxboot/ubuntu-xenial boot description
Complete description to be usable with kiwi initrd boot code too
* Sun Jun 19 2016 ms@suse.com
- Added baseCreateCommonKernelFile
The stripKernel functions return early if the dracut initrd
system is requested. However it is required in any case to
lookup the kernel and provide a common name kiwi expects
to be present
* Sun Jun 19 2016 ms@suse.com
- Set logger mode to append
* Sat Jun 18 2016 ms@suse.com
- Bump version: 8.18.1 → 8.18.2
* Sat Jun 18 2016 ms@suse.com
- Add distro flag match for Leap42.2
* Sat Jun 18 2016 ms@suse.com
- Bump version: 8.18.0 → 8.18.1
* Sat Jun 18 2016 ms@suse.com
- Preserve zypper package cache
zypper deletes the package cache if a repo is removed.
For the purpose of image building this should not happen
* Sat Jun 18 2016 ms@suse.com
- Pass initrd_system to profile
The common functions baseStripInitrd and baseStripKernel need
to be skipped if the initrd system is set to dracut. They
read that information from the exported kiwi_initrd_system
profile environment variable
* Sat Jun 18 2016 ms@suse.com
- Don't delete dracut from boot image environment
If the dracut initrd system is requested we need dracut
to stay in the environment from which it is called
* Fri Jun 17 2016 ms@suse.com
- Fixup copy_boot_delete_packages
if no <packages type="delete"/> section exists in the target
the code does not add the packages to become deleted. This
patch changes the behavior in a way that a new section is
created
* Thu Jun 16 2016 ms@suse.com
- Add isoboot support for Ubuntu system
Next step to allow creation of Debian based live systems
Related to Issue #37
* Thu Jun 16 2016 ms@suse.com
- Added suse-leap42.2 descriptions
Obsolete suse-13.2
* Thu Jun 16 2016 ms@suse.com
- Update hyper links in project README
* Thu Jun 16 2016 ms@suse.com
- Rename kiwi boot code files
Maintain them as common code base for all distributions
During the years of development it has turned out that
differences in the boot process between the distros
can be handled in one code base. There is no need to
maintain a basically identical copy for the different
distributions
* Thu Jun 16 2016 ms@suse.com
- Style fixes: E275 missing whitespace after keyword
* Thu Jun 16 2016 ms@suse.com
- Delete obsolete C tools
* Thu Jun 16 2016 ms@suse.com
- Prevent use of setctsid
setctsid is a suse extension to start a program on a new
controlling terminal. While it is very useful it does not
exist on other distributions which causes a problem in
kiwi's common initrd code. This patch replaces the use of
setctsid with setsid and sulogin
* Thu Jun 16 2016 ms@suse.com
- Open log file in mode 'w' and in utf-8 locale
* Thu Jun 16 2016 ms@suse.com
- Delete obsolete mkinitrd code
This version of kiwi supports only distros using dracut
* Thu Jun 16 2016 ms@suse.com
- Delete obsolete sysV init console setup code
* Thu Jun 16 2016 ms@suse.com
- Make use of utimer in kiwi initrd optional
* Wed Jun 15 2016 ms@suse.com
- Bump version: 8.17.0 → 8.18.0
* Wed Jun 15 2016 ms@suse.com
- Adapt to common python style
Private methods should start with _f() not __f()
* Wed Jun 15 2016 ms@suse.com
- Prevent temporary files to be synced to image
The package manager instances created temporary package
manager configuration files. The instance destructor and
thus the cleanup of the instance should be called prior
to the sync of the root filesystem data in order to
prevent temporary configuration files to be present in
the image
* Wed Jun 15 2016 ms@suse.com
- Grammar fixes for doc strings
* Wed Jun 15 2016 ms@suse.com
- Syntax change for Importing one module
* Wed Jun 15 2016 ms@suse.com
- Update test_load_schema_from_xml_content test
Read schemaversion from RelaxNG instead of using
a fixed value
* Wed Jun 15 2016 ms@suse.com
- debootstrap errors deserve their own exception
* Tue Jun 14 2016 ms@suse.com
- Avoid glob imports
This could start a series of further changes in the
unit test as we have allowed for glob imports there.
So treat this one as a start
* Tue Jun 14 2016 ms@suse.com
- Add documentation for Exceptions
* Tue Jun 14 2016 toms@suse.de
- Support Tox with interactively positional arguments
Use posargs for py.test, see
http://tox.readthedocs.io/en/latest/example/general.html
* Tue Jun 14 2016 ms@suse.com
- Format message with named format parameters
* Tue Jun 14 2016 ms@suse.com
- Avoid re-assigning variable
* Tue Jun 14 2016 ms@suse.com
- Fixed unit test for profile variables
* Tue Jun 14 2016 ms@suse.com
- Handle XML per content or file more explicit
* Tue Jun 14 2016 toms@suse.de
- Differentiate between Python 2.7 and 3 in doc
* Tue Jun 14 2016 toms@suse.de
- State Python 2.7 in Trove category of setup.py
* Mon Jun 13 2016 toms@suse.de
- Refactor RootInit class
Instead of calling multiple subprocesses make use of
the os capabilities for directories, symlinks and
device nodes
* Fri Jun 10 2016 ms@suse.com
- Fixed use of shutil.copytree
* Fri Jun 10 2016 ms@suse.com
- Update ubuntu xenial vmxboot description
Make sure all drivers exists when dracut is called to allow
inclusion of potentially all needed driver modules
* Thu Jun 09 2016 bo@suse.de
- Fix Lithuanian translation
* Thu Jun 09 2016 bo@suse.de
- Fix Ukrainian translation
* Thu Jun 09 2016 ms@suse.com
- Update grub2 config tempplate
Load font collection
* Thu Jun 09 2016 ms@suse.com
- Refactor use of os.walk result
* Thu Jun 09 2016 ms@suse.com
- Integrate python improvement suggestions
* Thu Jun 09 2016 ms@suse.com
- Integrate python improvement suggestions
* Thu Jun 09 2016 ms@suse.com
- don't intermingle suse namespace with debian
* Thu Jun 09 2016 ms@suse.com
- Deleted libxslt-tools from spec template
* Thu Jun 09 2016 ms@suse.com
- Fixup indentation of travis setup
* Thu Jun 09 2016 ms@suse.com
- Fixed license setup in spec file
* Thu Jun 09 2016 bo@suse.de
- Remove unused import (F401) and an extra line (W391)
* Thu Jun 09 2016 bo@suse.de
- Fix tests for Python3
* Thu Jun 09 2016 bo@suse.de
- Fix tests for the XPath processing
* Thu Jun 09 2016 bo@suse.de
- Allow XMLDescription to be loaded also from the XML string
* Thu Jun 09 2016 tbechtold@suse.com
- Release automatically on pypi for new tags
When a new tag gets created, automatically release it on pypi so
we don't have todo it manually.
* Thu Jun 09 2016 bo@suse.de
- Reimplement XSLT processing using LXML instead of calling 3rd party tools
* Thu Jun 09 2016 ms@suse.com
- Added tox 2.7 target for travis
* Thu Jun 09 2016 ms@suse.com
- Fixed creation of password hashes
kiwi uses the openssl command for this purpose but did
not strip the newline at the end of the hash output
* Wed Jun 08 2016 ms@suse.com
- Apply python 2.x compatibility decorators
* Wed Jun 08 2016 ms@suse.com
- Added tox target for python 2.7
* Wed Jun 08 2016 ms@suse.com
- python 2.x compatibility added new requirements
six and future modules are needed for the compat layer
* Wed Jun 08 2016 ms@suse.com
- Fixup grub2 theme setup
We can't expect that specific fonts to exist for all theme packages
in all distributions. The code here should rely only on theme.txt
In addition we check if any theme or font related data is found
in the legacy grub location boot/grub which imho should not be
used for grub2
* Wed Jun 08 2016 ms@suse.com
- Update ubuntu-xenial boot description
No need for a drivers setup here, vmxboot is only the container
to run dracut
* Wed Jun 08 2016 bo@suse.de
- Bring byte strings to Py2 compatibility in ISO
* Tue Jun 07 2016 bo@suse.de
- Make iterators Py2 comptible
* Tue Jun 07 2016 ms@suse.com
- Added boot image description vmxboot/ubuntu-xenial
* Tue Jun 07 2016 bo@suse.de
- Replace 'builtins.open' with patch_open decorator
* Tue Jun 07 2016 bo@suse.de
- Add mock_open and patch_open helpers
* Tue Jun 07 2016 bo@suse.de
- Remove double requirement
* Tue Jun 07 2016 bo@suse.de
- Use ConfigParser from six
* Tue Jun 07 2016 bo@suse.de
- Move urlparse to the Six package
* Tue Jun 07 2016 bo@suse.de
- Remove duplicate key
* Tue Jun 07 2016 bo@suse.de
- Add print function for Python 2
* Tue Jun 07 2016 bo@suse.de
- Add missing init file
* Tue Jun 07 2016 bo@suse.de
- Add Python2 compatibilitiy requirements
* Mon Jun 06 2016 ms@suse.com
- debootstrap installs apt-get
Don't add the specified package manager to the list of
bootstrap packages for apt-get, because that is covered by
debootstrap
* Mon Jun 06 2016 ms@suse.com
- Allow additional bootstrap packages for apt-get
* Sun Jun 05 2016 ms@suse.com
- Don't run apt-get with mounted /dev
* Sun Jun 05 2016 ms@suse.com
- Fixed force-yes option for apt-get
* Sat Jun 04 2016 ms@suse.com
- Allow unattended installation of debian packages
* Fri Jun 03 2016 ms@suse.com
- Added PackageManagerApt class
Support installation/removal of deb packages
Related to #37
* Fri Jun 03 2016 ms@suse.com
- Support for apt-get package manager
Starting to support Debian based distributions also means to support
the deb repository types. This commit adds the RepositoryApt class
to handle deb repositories for image building. Related to #37
* Wed Jun 01 2016 ms@suse.com
- Bump version: 8.16.5 → 8.17.0
* Wed Jun 01 2016 ms@suse.com
- Added pypi make target for upload
Please note an appropirate ~/.pypirc file and registered
user is required to upload
* Wed Jun 01 2016 ms@suse.com
- switch_root / pivot_root quiet call
* Wed Jun 01 2016 ms@suse.com
- Increase default boot partition size to be 300M
* Wed Jun 01 2016 ms@suse.com
- Delete obsolete isFSTypeReadOnly from boot code
The check was used to detect if a read-only root filesystem
is in use, which can be done by checking if kiwi_ROPart
is defined
* Wed Jun 01 2016 ms@suse.com
- Refactor use of global FSTYPE variable
The kiwi boot code populates a global FSTYPE variable which was
used at several places. However there was no clarity for which
storage device this filesystem value was detected for. Thus
the entire handling has been refactored and there is no global
FSTYPE variable anymore
* Tue May 31 2016 ms@suse.com
- Add attribute <type ... overlayroot=true|false/>
Allow to activate the overlay root setup for disk images
* Tue May 31 2016 ms@suse.com
- Bump version: 8.16.4 → 8.16.5
* Tue May 31 2016 ms@suse.com
- Update development status
Status :: 5 - Production/Stable
* Tue May 31 2016 ms@suse.com
- Don't search for kiwicompat in fixed absolute path
Allow alternative locations from search PATH
* Tue May 31 2016 ms@suse.com
- Integrate git attribute setup to sdist command
* Tue May 31 2016 ms@suse.com
- Add C tools binaries to git ignore list
* Tue May 31 2016 ms@suse.com
- Fixed command class name for distutils
The overwritten build and install commands should not change
their name in order to stay consistent on e.g --help
* Tue May 31 2016 ms@suse.com
- Fixed kiwicompat binary lookup
The test for os.path.exists on just the binary name
without a path specification always fails if not
present in current directory. Let execvp do the job
for us
* Tue May 31 2016 ms@suse.com
- Fixed entry point for kiwicompat
* Tue May 31 2016 ms@suse.com
- Use path lookup for kiwi-ng in kiwi_compat
Instead of a fixed path use the PATH lookup. This would
allow to install kiwi at alternative places as long as
the path is part of the shell search PATH
* Tue May 31 2016 ms@suse.com
- Create completion data at build time
* Mon May 30 2016 ms@suse.com
- Move all build and install tasks to setup.py
In an effort to distribute kiwi on pypi it should not be
required to call make targets for a complete installation.
Therefore the compilation of the C tools as well as the
installation of the man pages and the bash completion
has been added to setup.py. The spec file to build an rpm
package has been changed to use setup.py exclusively
* Fri May 27 2016 ms@suse.com
- Delete obsolete .releasetags from MANIFEST.in
This avoids a warning on setup.py build
* Fri May 27 2016 ms@suse.com
- Fixed warnings in C written tools
* Fri May 27 2016 ms@suse.com
- Bump version: 8.16.3 → 8.16.4
* Fri May 27 2016 ms@suse.com
- Fixed spec file
update-alternatives is used, thus needs to be required
* Fri May 27 2016 ms@suse.com
- Support for overlay disk images
overlay disk images uses a readonly root partition and are
overlayed using overlayfs to hook in a cow based read-write
space. This commit implements the basic disk setup.
Implementation to boot such a disk in the kiwi boot code
is still missing, as well as the investigation if dracut
is able to boot such a disk too. References #65
* Thu May 26 2016 ms@suse.com
- Bump version: 8.16.2 → 8.16.3
* Thu May 26 2016 ms@suse.com
- Fixed completion generator
In addition cleanup the main docopt definition
* Wed May 25 2016 ms@suse.com
- Fixed completion conflict with legacy kiwi
* Tue May 24 2016 ms@suse.com
- Bump version: 8.16.1 → 8.16.2
* Tue May 24 2016 ms@suse.com
- Fixed spec file
rpmlintrc file must be mentioned as source
* Tue May 24 2016 ms@suse.com
- Bump version: 8.16.0 → 8.16.1
* Tue May 24 2016 ms@suse.com
- Update quickstart documentation
kiwi can also be used as a module in other python3 projects.
An example how to do that has been added to the quickstart
* Mon May 23 2016 ms@suse.com
- Bump version: 8.15.5 → 8.16.0
* Mon May 23 2016 ms@suse.com
- Added support for grub2 console switch entry
An additional hidden entry allows the user to switch between the
graphics and the serial console by pressing the 't' key. The kiwi
grub2 template adds this switch if the terminal mode is set to
graphics. The additional entries are only effective of the
grub_platform is set to efi. Fixes #80
* Mon May 23 2016 ms@suse.com
- Fixed add_repo for zypper repositories
Always run zypper addrepo in order to make any change in the
repository definition to become effective
* Mon May 23 2016 ms@suse.com
- Fixed add_repo for yum repositories
Always create the repo file from scratch in order to make
any change in the repository definition to become effective
* Sat May 21 2016 ms@suse.com
- Bump version: 8.15.4 → 8.15.5
* Sat May 21 2016 ms@suse.com
- Split quickstart into two parts
Split the quickstart information into a development and
a user part
* Sat May 14 2016 ms@suse.com
- Bump version: 8.15.3 → 8.15.4
* Fri May 13 2016 ms@suse.com
- Added readonly check for persistent data
When creating a partition for persistent data, check
if the device class has the readonly flag set before
trying to write anything there. Fixes #74
* Fri May 13 2016 ms@suse.com
- Bump version: 8.15.2 → 8.15.3
* Fri May 13 2016 ms@suse.com
- Fixed removal of a package in XMLState
If a <package> was unwanted in a <packages> section the former
code sets the name of the package to a python None type. This
causes the rest of the code to operate on potential None types
which causes unexpected TypeError's under certain conditions.
Instead of leaving an inconsistent package section the entire
package section reference should be deleted from the packages
instance holding it. Fixes #76
* Thu May 12 2016 ms@suse.com
- Exit code for --version call should be zero
* Thu May 12 2016 ms@suse.com
- Bump version: 8.15.1 → 8.15.2
* Thu May 12 2016 ms@suse.com
- Set config.sh and images.sh scripts as optional
* Thu May 12 2016 ms@suse.com
- Bump version: 8.15.0 → 8.15.1
* Wed May 11 2016 ms@suse.com
- Fixed landscape smell
Unused variable 'key'
* Wed May 11 2016 ms@suse.com
- Fixed landscape smell
Redefining built-in 'help'
* Wed May 11 2016 ms@suse.com
- Fixed landscape error
Dangerous default value [] as argument
* Wed May 11 2016 ms@suse.com
- Refactor import_description
split code into more readable parts
* Wed May 11 2016 ms@suse.com
- Make sure mandatory vmdk settings exists
Even without a machine section configuration the minimum
required information must be presented to the settings
template
* Wed May 11 2016 ms@suse.com
- Added store_to_result for vmdk format
The vmdk format provides more than the standard result
store. for vmdk we need to store the vmdk and the
settings file
* Wed May 11 2016 ms@suse.com
- Reduce amount of mountpoint check calls
* Wed May 11 2016 ms@suse.com
- Refactor subformat classes
Add a generic store_to_result method which allows to store
the format result files into an instance of Result. This
allows to customize result handling per format when needed
* Wed May 11 2016 ms@suse.com
- Create VMware settings file for vmdk subformat
In order to run or convert the vmdk with VMware products a
settings file is required.
* Tue May 10 2016 ms@suse.com
- Added dropped features information for lxc
* Tue May 10 2016 ms@suse.com
- Bump version: 8.14.2 → 8.15.0
* Tue May 10 2016 ms@suse.com
- Fixed script/archive lookup
If a script or archive is specified with an absolute path
in the image description, kiwi should not assume this path
to exist below the image description directory but just take
the absolute path as it is. Fixes #70
* Sun May 08 2016 ms@suse.com
- Load logging at runtime for MountManager
* Sun May 08 2016 ms@suse.com
- Runtime checker message fixes
Start with an empty line to improve readability
* Sun May 08 2016 ms@suse.com
- Integrate runtime checks for tasks
Call appropriate runtime checks for prepare, create
and build tasks. Fixes #20
* Sun May 08 2016 ms@suse.com
- Create instance of runtime_checker for any CliTask
* Fri May 06 2016 ms@suse.com
- Fixed building documentation
* Thu May 05 2016 tom_schr@web.de
- Reuse env in tox.ini
Reuse virtualenv directory with envdir. Should speed up things
a bit.
Taken from
https://blog.ionelmc.ro/2015/04/14/tox-tricks-and-patterns/#partial-environment-reuse
https://blog.ionelmc.ro/2015/04/14/tox-tricks-and-patterns/#environment-reuse
* Thu May 05 2016 tom_schr@web.de
- Use more compact config for tox.ini
Rewrite basepython to make it more compact
Taken from
https://blog.ionelmc.ro/2015/04/14/tox-tricks-and-patterns/#compact-configuration
* Thu May 05 2016 tom_schr@web.de
- Add requirements section in Quick Start
* Describe what KIWI needs to run, further requirements, and for development
* Introduce 'ghkiwi' as prefix in "extlinks" to shorten external links and
to make linking to KIWI's GitHub repository more intuitive and consistent.
For example, the string :ghkiwi:`tox.ini` is replaced with
https://github.com/SUSE/kiwi/blob/master/tox.ini
* Wed May 04 2016 ms@suse.com
- Added check_target_directory_not_in_shared_cache
Runtime checker method to check if the target directory
was set to - or below the shared cache directory
* Wed May 04 2016 ms@suse.com
- Bump version: 8.14.1 → 8.14.2
* Wed May 04 2016 ms@suse.com
- Move creation of mountpoint dir to setup method
The volume management classes should create the temporary
mountpoint directory when it is needed and not when an
instance of the class is created
* Wed May 04 2016 ms@suse.com
- Cleanup use of temporary directories
All mkdtemp created directories are created with the 'kiwi_'
prefix. In addition all code parts which leaves tmpdirs in
the system after kiwi is done were fixed
* Mon May 02 2016 ms@suse.com
- Bump version: 8.14.0 → 8.14.1
* Mon May 02 2016 ms@suse.com
- Added python3-xattr dependency
* Mon May 02 2016 ms@suse.com
- Added xattr checker for DataSync class
The method target_supports_extended_attributes() checks if the
sync target directory supports extended filesystem attributes.
The method is called on sync_data() and will remove the -X / -A
options if provided. A warning message is issued to the caller
if the rsync option list has changed because of the underlaying
filesystem limitations
* Mon May 02 2016 ms@suse.com
- Fixed subformat creation
The option -c makes only sense for the qcow2 subformat, whereas
on all other format it cause qemu-img convert to fail
* Sun May 01 2016 tom_schr@web.de
- Use iterator protocol instead of StopIteration
CommandIterator contains already the __iter__ magic method. We don't
need to manually use while and next() in order to advance to the next
element.
=> Code refactored to "for line in self.command" which does exactly the
same job, but is better readable. Plus we avoid the nasty try...except
block.
* Sat Apr 30 2016 tom_schr@web.de
- Remove kiwi.logger.init() function
The init function is mostly unneccessary and can be directly created
in the kiwi.logger module.
* Sat Apr 30 2016 tom_schr@web.de
- Remove useless __init__.py
* Fri Apr 29 2016 ms@suse.com
- Fixup usage messages
* Fri Apr 29 2016 ms@suse.com
- Bump version: 8.13.4 → 8.14.0
* Fri Apr 29 2016 ms@suse.com
- Added support for custom rootfs label
A new attribute <type ... rootfs_label="name"/> has been added
This Fixes #66
* Fri Apr 29 2016 ms@suse.com
- Update grub2 bootloader template menuentries
Mark all menuentries as --unrestricted. Fixes #64
* Fri Apr 29 2016 ms@suse.com
- Bump version: 8.13.3 → 8.13.4
* Fri Apr 29 2016 ms@suse.com
- Fixed shared local repository mounts
* Thu Apr 28 2016 ms@suse.com
- Bump version: 8.13.2 → 8.13.3
* Thu Apr 28 2016 ms@suse.com
- Added evaluation of imageincluded repositories
repositories marked as imageinclude needs to be added
permanently to the image. Fixes #56
* Thu Apr 28 2016 ms@suse.com
- Make xz the default compressor for squashfs
When creating squashfs compressed files use xz as compressor
if not other compressor is specified. Fixes #63
* Thu Apr 28 2016 ms@suse.com
- Added --add|delete package for prepare command
Allow additional packages to be installed/deleted when
calling system prepare. Fixes #62
* Thu Apr 28 2016 ms@suse.com
- Alpha sort option documentation
Alpha sort options in usage and man pages
* Thu Apr 28 2016 ms@suse.com
- Added --add|delete package for build command
Allow additional packages to be installed/deleted when
calling system build. Related to Issue #62
* Thu Apr 28 2016 ms@suse.com
- Fixed completion generator
complete for kiwi and kiwi-ng
* Thu Apr 28 2016 ms@suse.com
- Prevent double render on usage
* Wed Apr 27 2016 ms@suse.com
- Add check_image_include_repos_http_resolvable
Runtime checker method to check if repositories marked
with the imageinclude attribute are using a publicly
available protocol
* Wed Apr 27 2016 ms@suse.com
- Add shared cache location to Defaults
* Wed Apr 27 2016 ms@suse.com
- Bump version: 8.13.1 → 8.13.2
* Wed Apr 27 2016 ms@suse.com
- Allow alternative if isolinux-config failed
If the setup of the base directory failed because
isolinux-config was not able to identify the isolinux.bin
signature, we create a compat /isolinux directory and
hardlink all loader files
* Wed Apr 27 2016 ms@suse.com
- Fixed typo in message
Fix condition to show the grub module info message
* Wed Apr 27 2016 ms@suse.com
- Use program output for synopsis in documentation
* Tue Apr 26 2016 ms@suse.com
- Provide custom usage message
Instead of the docopt way to show the usage information we
provide a kiwi specific usage information. The usage
data now always consists of:
1. the generic call
kiwi [global options] service <command> [<args>]
2. the command specific usage defined by the docopt string
short form by default, long form with -h | --help
3. the global options
* Tue Apr 26 2016 ms@suse.com
- Fixed loadSELinuxPolicy
enforce policy is located in /sys/fs/selinux
* Tue Apr 26 2016 ms@suse.com
- No authconfig on RHEL >= 7
* Tue Apr 26 2016 ms@suse.com
- Activate SELinux for RHEL systems
Added new boot method loadSELinuxPolicy and call it as part
of the rhel-preinit phase. This put SELinux in enforcing
mode also from the kiwi initrd
* Tue Apr 26 2016 ms@suse.com
- Handle fsmountoptions attribute in all builders
* Tue Apr 26 2016 ms@suse.com
- Refactor custom_args handling for VolumeManager class
Allow for two elements fs_create_options and fs_mount_options
in a VolumeManager instance and pass along the information
to the FileSystem and MountManager instances
* Tue Apr 26 2016 ms@suse.com
- Refactor custom_args handling for FileSystem class
Any FileSystem class can receive a custom_args dictionary
which by defaults ensures the presence of an empty list
for create_options and mount_options. The create_options
are used in the subclasses when the filesystem is being
created and the mount_options are passed to the MountManager
when the filesystem is mounted for e.g data_sync
* Tue Apr 26 2016 ms@suse.com
- Make kiwicompat understand --version | -v option
* Tue Apr 26 2016 toms@suse.de
- Small spelling corrections
Apply title style:
* package -> Package
* module -> Module
* Use backticks for kiwi.* modules to avoid spelling problems
* Tue Apr 26 2016 toms@suse.de
- Update spell-checking wordlist
GitHub, JeOS, KIWI, LXC, squashfs, stderr, stdin, stdout, Submodules,
Subpackages, zypper
* Tue Apr 26 2016 toms@suse.de
- Add "spell" rule in Makefile
Also included in the help target
* Tue Apr 26 2016 toms@suse.de
- Enable Acronyms, importable modules, and builtins
* Mon Apr 25 2016 toms@suse.de
- First draft to "beautify" HTML appearance
* Add GitHub button and "Fork me" widgets
* Add Travis button
* Remove obsolete code
* Mon Apr 25 2016 ms@suse.com
- Bump version: 8.13.0 → 8.13.1
* Mon Apr 25 2016 ms@suse.com
- Added support for SELinux file security contexts
Systems using SELinux require the filesystem data to be labeled
according to a security context configuration. kiwi now checks
for the presence of /etc/selinux/targeted/contexts/files/file_contexts
and labels accordingly if it exists. This Fixes #52
* Mon Apr 25 2016 ms@suse.com
- Make grub2 installation path lookup dynamic
Not all linux systems installs grub2 below /usr/lib/grub2
For example RHEL7 packages it below /usr/lib/grub. Therefore
kiwi needs to be flexible with this path
* Fri Apr 22 2016 toms@suse.de
- Used :returncode: for sphinxcontrib-programoutput
Fix a warning when calling "kiwi-ng". As the script returns 1,
it is considered to have failed by the program-output directive.
The returncode line fixes that.
See more info here:
https://pythonhosted.org/sphinxcontrib-programoutput/#error-handling
* Fri Apr 22 2016 toms@suse.de
- Integrate version string from placeholder
Use |version| placeholder, no bumpversion etc. is needed.
Actually, it's taken from conf.py
* Fri Apr 22 2016 ms@suse.com
- Added RuntimeChecker class
An instance of RuntimeChecker allows to semantically check for
error conditions according to the provided image description
and build options. Related to #20
* Fri Apr 22 2016 toms@suse.de
- Spell checking doc and extended word list
* Thu Apr 21 2016 ms@suse.com
- Add filesystem requires in kiwi-boot-requires
In order to have all filesystem creation tools available
when building in the buildservice we need to require them
in kiwi-boot-requires
* Thu Apr 21 2016 ms@suse.com
- Bump version: 8.12.0 → 8.13.0
* Thu Apr 21 2016 ms@suse.com
- Set ident export-subst git attribute on version.py
* Thu Apr 21 2016 ms@suse.com
- Bump version: 8.11.0 → 8.12.0
* Thu Apr 21 2016 ms@suse.com
- Fixed documentation link references
Use redirected target and fix broken targets according to
link check on make build
* Thu Apr 21 2016 ms@suse.com
- Fixed typo in documentation
Missing question mark at end of sentence
* Thu Apr 21 2016 ms@suse.com
- Bump version: 8.10.1 → 8.11.0
* Thu Apr 21 2016 ms@suse.com
- Fixed typo
* Thu Apr 21 2016 ms@suse.com
- Added Legacy KIWI vs. Next Generation chapter
* Thu Apr 21 2016 toms@suse.de
- md -> rst, radically shortend README
* Wed Apr 20 2016 toms@suse.de
- More substantial changes of the doc
* Overall: try to be more consistent
* index.rst
* Move "Supported Distributions" and "Dropped Features" sections
* Quick Start:
* Add abstract
* Add note about automatic link creation
* Move "example appliance description" sections and subsections
further down
* Streamlined "Contributing" section
* Corrected titles and distinguish more between descriptive and
procedural
* Wed Apr 20 2016 toms@suse.de
- Remove useless substitutions (placeholders)
* Wed Apr 20 2016 toms@suse.de
- Add KIWI logo
* Wed Apr 20 2016 toms@suse.de
- Move Motivation section from quickstart to index
* Wed Apr 20 2016 toms@suse.de
- Correct heading and remove build status
* Wed Apr 20 2016 toms@suse.de
- Add QuickStart Guide and improve documentation
* Added Quick Start Guide, taken from README.md
* Improve index/main file:
* Shortend main entry page
* Make more headings
* Add feature highlights to draw attention
* Add sidebar with important KIWI links
* Use ordered list of KIWI concept (prep and creation step)
* Wed Apr 20 2016 ms@suse.com
- Add package manager requirements in spec file
* Tue Apr 19 2016 ms@suse.com
- Update README
* Tue Apr 19 2016 ms@suse.com
- Update README
* Tue Apr 19 2016 ms@suse.com
- Update README
* Tue Apr 19 2016 ms@suse.com
- Move program name from kiwi-py3 to kiwi-ng
* Tue Apr 19 2016 ms@suse.com
- Added genisoimage requirement to kiwi spec file
On SLE12 we only have genisoimage, on Leap and Tumbleweed we
have both genisoimage and mkisofs. For the moment both toolkits
produces working iso images with kiwi, thus I chose the save
default with genisoimage
* Tue Apr 19 2016 ms@suse.com
- Be more flexible for isoinfo lookup
isoinfo can either be provided by the community package in
/usr/lib/genisoimage/isoinfo or by the mkisofs package from
J. Schilling in /usr/bin/isoinfo. kiwi should be smart enough
to lookup which tool is installed. /usr/bin/isoinfo will be
preferred
* Tue Apr 19 2016 ms@suse.com
- Update README
Added link to documentation
* Mon Apr 18 2016 ms@suse.com
- Try with latest version of travis-sphinx
* Mon Apr 18 2016 ms@suse.com
- ghp-import required for travis-sphinx deploy
* Mon Apr 18 2016 ms@suse.com
- Make sure enchant library is present for travis
* Mon Apr 18 2016 ms@suse.com
- Update tox setup
Update TOXENV targets
* Mon Apr 18 2016 ms@suse.com
- Move travis-sphinx build tox target to script section
* Mon Apr 18 2016 ms@suse.com
- Use tox target for travis-sphinx
* Mon Apr 18 2016 ms@suse.com
- Put travis-sphinx build into script section
* Mon Apr 18 2016 ms@suse.com
- Make travis-sphinx deploy work
It's required to call travis-sphinx build in order to be able
to run the deploy command
* Mon Apr 18 2016 ms@suse.com
- Fixed documentation linkcheck results
* Mon Apr 18 2016 ms@suse.com
- Make sure shared mount directories exists
Create shared directory path on the host _and_ in the
new root directory to make sure the bind mount works
* Mon Apr 18 2016 ms@suse.com
- Update documentation entry page
* Mon Apr 18 2016 ms@suse.com
- Use travis-sphinx to deploy doc to github
https://suse.github.io/kiwi
* Mon Apr 18 2016 ms@suse.com
- Fixed package requirements
libxslt-tools provides required xsltproc
* Mon Apr 18 2016 ms@suse.com
- Update README for style and markup
* Mon Apr 18 2016 ms@suse.com
- Fixed README, wrong markup
* Mon Apr 18 2016 ms@suse.com
- Update README
Add information how to build with dice
* Mon Apr 18 2016 ms@suse.com
- Add part_msdos module for self build EFI image
* Fri Apr 15 2016 ms@suse.com
- Update tox.ini
Documentation building requires sphinx_rtd_theme and
sphinxcontrib-programoutput
* Fri Apr 15 2016 ms@suse.com
- Update volume_manager inline API documentation
References #49
* Fri Apr 15 2016 ms@suse.com
- Update utils inline API documentation
References #49
* Fri Apr 15 2016 ms@suse.com
- Update tasks inline API documentation
References #49
* Fri Apr 15 2016 ms@suse.com
- Complete system inline API documentation
References #49
* Fri Apr 15 2016 ms@suse.com
- Use Path.wipe instead of directly calling rm
* Fri Apr 15 2016 ms@suse.com
- Update system inline API documentation
References #49
* Fri Apr 15 2016 ms@suse.com
- Update storage inline API documentation
References #49
* Thu Apr 14 2016 ms@suse.com
- Fixed typo
* Thu Apr 14 2016 ms@suse.com
- Cleanup use of partition id maps
For the partition setup the Disk class uses dictionaries
to map the partition name to the partition number. However
there are public partition names such as 'kiwi_BootPart'
and kiwi internal partition names such as 'boot'. The code
should make it more clear which mapping table is used
* Thu Apr 14 2016 ms@suse.com
- Update repository inline API documentation
References #49
* Thu Apr 14 2016 ms@suse.com
- Update partitioner inline API documentation
References #49
* Thu Apr 14 2016 ms@suse.com
- Complete bootloader inline API documentation
References #49
* Thu Apr 14 2016 ms@suse.com
- Update README
Add chapter about signing commits
* Thu Apr 14 2016 ms@suse.com
- Update README
* Thu Apr 14 2016 ms@suse.com
- Update README
* Wed Apr 13 2016 ms@suse.com
- Update package_manager inline API documentation
References #49
* Wed Apr 13 2016 ms@suse.com
- Update filesystem inline API documentation
References #49
* Wed Apr 13 2016 ms@suse.com
- Update container inline API documentation
References #49
* Wed Apr 13 2016 ms@suse.com
- Update builder inline API documentation
References #49
* Wed Apr 13 2016 ms@suse.com
- Update bootloader/template inline API documentation
References #49
* Wed Apr 13 2016 ms@suse.com
- Complete bootloader install interface
* Wed Apr 13 2016 ms@suse.com
- Update bootloader/install inline API documentation
References #49
* Wed Apr 13 2016 ms@suse.com
- Move get_failsafe_kernel_options to Defaults
* Wed Apr 13 2016 ms@suse.com
- Update bootloader/config inline API documentation
References #49
* Tue Apr 12 2016 ms@suse.com
- Update boot/image inline API documentation
References #49
* Tue Apr 12 2016 ms@suse.com
- Update archive inline API documentation
References #49
* Tue Apr 12 2016 ms@suse.com
- Delete traces of zfs support
* Tue Apr 12 2016 ms@suse.com
- Update inline API documentation
References #49
* Mon Apr 11 2016 ms@suse.com
- Update inline API documentation
* Mon Apr 11 2016 ms@suse.com
- Update inline API documentation
* Mon Apr 11 2016 ms@suse.com
- Update inline API documentation
* Mon Apr 11 2016 ms@suse.com
- Update inline API documentation
* Sun Apr 10 2016 ms@suse.com
- Ignore auto generated code for API docs
* Sun Apr 10 2016 ms@suse.com
- Update inline API documentation
* Fri Apr 08 2016 ms@suse.com
- Update api documentation setup
* Fri Apr 08 2016 ms@suse.com
- package kiwi-pxeboot must not be noarch
We want to specify for which arch we provide it. Thus
it's not allowed to specify it as noarch even though
it provides only noarch data
* Thu Apr 07 2016 ms@suse.com
- Create Initial autodoc structure
Called 'sphinx-apidoc -o source/api ../kiwi'
* Thu Apr 07 2016 ms@suse.com
- Fixup docstring for kiwi/command.py
* Thu Apr 07 2016 ms@suse.com
- Move manual page documentation in subdirectory
Separate api documentation from manual pages
* Thu Apr 07 2016 ms@suse.com
- Update virtualenv development setup
make sure we can build the docu in the development
environment
* Wed Apr 06 2016 ms@suse.com
- Add docstrings for Cli class
References Issue #49
* Wed Apr 06 2016 ms@suse.com
- Fixed ppc setup of etc/default/grub_installdevice
On power grub must be installed into the Prep partition into
the master boot record of the disk
* Mon Apr 04 2016 toms@suse.de
- Add Python 3.5 to be consistent with Travis
* Sat Apr 02 2016 ms@suse.com
- Fixed logger unit test
* Fri Apr 01 2016 ms@suse.com
- Make color output an option
By default no color output is used
* Wed Mar 30 2016 ms@suse.com
- Added missing kiwi-packagemanager provides
The buildservice looks up for a package manager capability
* Wed Mar 30 2016 ms@suse.com
- Fixed spec file
syslinux is not a requirement for the base package
* Thu Mar 24 2016 ms@suse.com
- Check for derived description path in prepare too
* Thu Mar 24 2016 ms@suse.com
- Refactor SystemSetup class
the information about the description_dir is part of the
provided xml_state instance. There is no need to pass that
information along twice
* Thu Mar 24 2016 ms@suse.com
- Fixed use of derived_description_dir
Only in import_description we need to check for both locations
* Thu Mar 24 2016 ms@suse.com
- Make sure import_description preserves archives
* Thu Mar 24 2016 ms@suse.com
- Refactor InstallBootLoaderGrub2 constructor
architecture dependant device setup belongs to the install
method where it is actually needed. That prevents the
construction of the instance to be architecture specific
* Wed Mar 23 2016 ms@suse.com
- Make list of efi grub modules arch dependant
* Wed Mar 23 2016 ms@suse.com
- Revert "Delete efi_uga module from list"
This reverts commit 191d423eb571d3cc08f34b5e4ef15eb6296a6563.
* Wed Mar 23 2016 ms@suse.com
- Delete efi_uga module from list
* Wed Mar 23 2016 ms@suse.com
- add multiboot grub module only on demand
multiboot is only needed for self build grub images in Xen
guest mode
* Wed Mar 23 2016 ms@suse.com
- Don't raise if kversion exits with error
In this case a default value applies
* Wed Mar 23 2016 ms@suse.com
- Activate partitioner support for arm
* Wed Mar 23 2016 ms@suse.com
- Add optional derived_from param to XMLDescription
An instance of XMLDescription can now optionally become
constructed with a path to an image description this
instance was derived from. This is currently used for
building the kiwi boot image to tell the boot image
XML description instance from which system image instance
it was derived from
* Wed Mar 23 2016 ms@suse.com
- Evaluate default video mode for iso images
* Wed Mar 23 2016 ms@suse.com
- Added custom profile for arm/oemboot/suse-tumbleweed
* Wed Mar 23 2016 ms@suse.com
- Update firmware types for arm architectures
Add efi and uefi as allowed types, complete architecture name list
set efi as default firmware for arm
* Wed Mar 23 2016 ms@suse.com
- Added pre/post hooks for bootloader setup/install
preInstallBootLoader, postInstallBootLoader
preSetupBootLoader, postSetupBootLoader
* Wed Mar 23 2016 ms@novell.com
- Fixed architecture dependant tests
* Tue Mar 22 2016 ms@suse.com
- Added support for virtual boot partition on arm
Triggered by the firmware="vboot" setup an EFI setup plus a
raw partition without filesystem is created as first partition.
The size of the partition can be controlled by the vbootsize
attribute. The vboot feature is used by the arm architecture
to provide a space in the partition table for custom code as
required by e.g the chromebook. The final customization of the
vboot space is board specific and can't be implemented in a
generic way in kiwi. For finalizing the vboot space the script
hooks editbootconfig and editbootinstall can be used
This is related to Issue #17
* Tue Mar 22 2016 ms@suse.com
- Rename partition id kiwi_JumpPart to kiwi_EfiPart
This makes it explicit for what purpose the partition
is really used. EFI is not configured the same for all
architectures but what is consistent is that on this
partition an efi image is located to become loaded by
some firmware
* Tue Mar 22 2016 ms@suse.com
- Activate boot partition only for msdos tables
* Tue Mar 22 2016 ms@suse.com
- have tar preserve all xattrs
By default tar will only preserve a subset of the capabilities
with --xattrs. Adding --xattrs-include=* should preserve all
capabilities (e.g. user.*, security.capability etc.).
* Tue Mar 22 2016 ms@suse.com
- Preserve hybrid GPT status on boot
Added createHybridGPT method and setup the hybrid GPT/MBR
table if requested by the XML configuration. In addition
move the partition activation call also into the partition
table finalize method. This is related to Issue #17
* Mon Mar 21 2016 ms@suse.com
- Refactor partition table setup code
Added two methods preparePartitionTable and finalizePartitionTable
which are used to prepare the partition table to allow resizing
and to finalize for partition flags after resizing. This replaces
the updatePartitionTable method
* Mon Mar 21 2016 ms@suse.com
- Delete obsolete GPT fixup code
Related to bnc#825221 code was added to recreate the disk with
a new GPT label. The reason was that parted created a gpt_sync_mbr
partition table when kiwi repartitioned the disk to use the full
geometry. This was an unwanted behavior by parted and causes the
additional code in kiwi. The current parted version behaves
correctly and thus makes this additional code obsolete
* Fri Mar 18 2016 ms@suse.com
- Added support for hybrid GPT
Embedding an MBR into a GPT is required for a collection of
boards, e.g arm rapberry PI. The kiwi configuration provides
a new attribute called
<type ... gpt_hybrid_mbr="true|false"
which allows to control if the GPT should be hybrid or not.
On build procedures which do not create a GPT the attribute
has no effect. This references Issue #17
* Fri Mar 18 2016 ms@suse.com
- Update all XML descriptions to schema v6.3
* Fri Mar 18 2016 ms@suse.com
- Added make valid target to Makefile
make valid applies the latest XSLT processing to the boot
and test image descriptions
* Fri Mar 18 2016 ms@suse.com
- Added XSL stylesheet convert62to63.xsl
auto convert from schema v6.2 to v6.3
* Fri Mar 18 2016 ms@suse.com
- Update schema to version 6.3
- Deleted obsolete split section
- Deleted zfsoptions, fsreadwrite and fsreadonly attributes
- Updated allowed values for bootloader and filesystems
* Fri Mar 18 2016 ms@suse.com
- Delete obsolete support for syslinux(extlinux)
grub2 or the architecture specific loader requirement is
supported but the alternative x86 loaders syslinux/extlinux
were not really used
* Fri Mar 18 2016 ms@suse.com
- Delete obsolete support for uboot
arm boot is using grub2 efi images loaded by a firmware. The
firmware could be uboot but due to the non generic way to
setup the board that it loads the firmware all of these tasks
are handled by custom scripts called via the kiwi
editbootconfig / editbootinstall script hooks. Therefore kiwi
itself does not have to setup or install uboot
* Fri Mar 18 2016 ms@suse.com
- Delete obsolete support for yaboot
grub2 is used for ppc64 platforms, so far no older ppc
platform is supported
* Fri Mar 18 2016 ms@suse.com
- Delete obsolete kernelCheck method
* Fri Mar 18 2016 ms@suse.com
- Delete obsolete support for legacy grub
* Fri Mar 18 2016 ms@suse.com
- Delete obsolete support for split(combined) image
* Fri Mar 18 2016 ms@suse.com
- Delete obsolete support for reiserfs
* Fri Mar 18 2016 ms@suse.com
- Delete support for ZFS filesystem
btrfs is the way to go these days and zfs still has some
proprietary bits in it
* Fri Mar 18 2016 ms@suse.com
- Avoid the copy of the kiwi initrd to /run
the kiwi initrd copies itself to /run/initramfs in order
to have a way to jump into the initrd system from the later
system. However the kiwi initrd is unpacked pretty big
and exists also only for the very first boot.
* Fri Mar 18 2016 ms@suse.com
- Execute haveged in udevStart if fips is enabled
This ensure there is at least a source of entropy for /dev/random
when the fips mode is enabled. Without it, VMware virtual machines
hang at boot (bnc#964204)
* Thu Mar 17 2016 ms@suse.com
- Fixed use of dracut initrd system for arm platform
* Thu Mar 17 2016 ms@suse.com
- Added EFI images name for 32bit arm architectures
* Thu Mar 17 2016 ms@suse.com
- Refactor data subpackage
Move from data to utils, data is generally considered
as text data and not code
* Wed Mar 16 2016 ms@suse.com
- Fixed 32bit x86 builds
Put it all under the ix86 namespace
* Wed Mar 16 2016 ms@suse.com
- Refactor grub2 EFI support
EFI support was target specific to the x86_64 architecture
This commit changes the structure to allow more architectures
supporting EFI. Thus the arm64 EFI support has been added
as a plus
* Mon Mar 14 2016 toms@suse.de
- Add {toxinidir} variable for check target
* Mon Mar 14 2016 ms@suse.com
- Delete nose reference from virtualenv setup
* Mon Mar 14 2016 ms@suse.com
- Prevent file duplicate badness in spec file
* Mon Mar 14 2016 ms@suse.com
- Revert "Added pv kernel profile"
There is no kernel-pv
This reverts commit f0c37709e941e18a1f9b963811a85bd772ee96ac.
* Mon Mar 14 2016 ms@suse.com
- Move from nose to pytest
nose is no longer maintained, thus we have to move to another
testing system. This commit updates the tox setup and all tests
to use pytest instead of nose.
* Fri Mar 11 2016 ms@suse.com
- Fixed boot mount path at grub2 install
* Fri Mar 11 2016 ms@suse.com
- Revert "Revert "Call shim-install with --removable""
Try again using --removable for shim-install
This reverts commit e3d7d0239d58e901e7d61e215317b93cf0ee1bfb.
* Fri Mar 11 2016 ms@suse.com
- Fixed normalizing paths between host and image
* Fri Mar 11 2016 ms@suse.com
- Revert "Call shim-install with --removable"
With --removable shim-install does not work for image building
This reverts commit d03baa9ee1d0ff44c76afadfc388791b1c5d29fa.
* Fri Mar 11 2016 ms@suse.com
- Added pv kernel profile
* Thu Mar 10 2016 ms@suse.com
- Add handling for OPAL firmware setup on ppc64
This adds a capability of creating an image for Bare metal POWER
platform, where firmware parses grub2.cfg and simply kexecs into
an image kernel
* Thu Mar 10 2016 ms@suse.com
- Refactor FirmWare class
provide a default firmware for each supported architecture
Avoid special sauce in the FirmWare constructor
* Thu Mar 10 2016 ms@suse.com
- Adding opal firmware type for ppc64 architectures
* Thu Mar 10 2016 toms@suse.de
- First draft of issue#43
Add templates for contributing, issue, and pull requests
* Thu Mar 10 2016 ms@suse.com
- Call shim-install with --removable
The --removable is to prevent shim-install from writing host's
uefi boot entry by pretending itself as removable disk
* Wed Mar 09 2016 ms@suse.com
- Delete obsolete shim setup code from kiwi
Due to the use of shim-install the code in kiwi to setup
for secure boot is no longer needed
* Wed Mar 09 2016 ms@suse.com
- Use shim-install to setup EFI secure boot
* Wed Mar 09 2016 ms@suse.com
- Fixed completion generator
Some global options were missing
* Wed Mar 09 2016 ms@suse.com
- Update README
Fixed pyvenv call to use python3
* Wed Mar 09 2016 ms@suse.com
- Update README
style fixes
* Wed Mar 09 2016 ms@suse.com
- Update README
Fixed url to packages on the buildservice
* Wed Mar 09 2016 ms@suse.com
- Update README
Be more clear about semantic versioning as documented here:
http://semver.org/
* Wed Mar 09 2016 ms@suse.com
- Continue Refactor into subpackage
Move container_setup from toplevel into container.setup
* Tue Mar 08 2016 ms@suse.com
- Fixed completion generator
The generated completion code was confused by the -py3 in the
program name if used with kiwi-py3
* Tue Mar 08 2016 ms@suse.com
- Continue Refactor into subpackage
Move task classes into tasks namespace
* Tue Mar 08 2016 ms@suse.com
- Move storage and subformat tests to match namespace
* Tue Mar 08 2016 ms@suse.com
- Move builder test cases to match namespace
* Tue Mar 08 2016 ms@suse.com
- Continue Refactor into subpackage
Move DataSync, Checksum and Compress into the data namespace
* Tue Mar 08 2016 ms@suse.com
- Continue Refactor into subpackage
Move Kernel class to system namespace
* Mon Mar 07 2016 ms@suse.com
- Package new system namespace
* Mon Mar 07 2016 ms@suse.com
- Continue Refactor into subpackage
system install, update, size, users, result should have their own namespace
* Mon Mar 07 2016 ms@suse.com
- Consolidate all rsync calls into DataSync class
* Sun Mar 06 2016 ms@suse.com
- Release mount after data sync for volume managers
* Fri Mar 04 2016 ms@suse.com
- Fixed LVM volume setup for oem image type
For the oem image type the requested volume sizes are applied
on first boot of the appliance. Therefore inside of the image
the volumes only needs to be created with their minimum required
size
* Fri Mar 04 2016 ms@suse.com
- Refactor use of kiwi_LVM_ profile variables
Reduce code duplication and encapsulate the reading of the
data from the profile into a readVolumeSetup function.
This is related to Issue #39
* Fri Mar 04 2016 ms@suse.com
- Preserve extended attributes in tar archives
tar doesn't preserve extended attributes by default, causing Docker
images to not have any correct set-capabilities bits set on binaries
such as ping. This is fixed by adding the --xattrs flag to the tar
command
* Thu Mar 03 2016 ms@suse.com
- Sort output from helper/kiwi-boot-packages
* Thu Mar 03 2016 ms@suse.com
- Fixed gce disk format
The order of the files in the tarball is important. The first
entry must be the manifest.json followed by disk.raw. In addition
the style of the manifest.json has been adapted too. A space after
colon seems to be required for gce to accept the data
* Wed Mar 02 2016 ms@suse.com
- Fixed kernel names for dracut initrd system
If dracut is used as initrd system we should not use the
kiwi one shot names linux.vmx, initrd.vmx but stick with
the official naming convention for kernel and initrd which
is kernel-<version>, initrd-<version>
* Wed Mar 02 2016 ms@suse.com
- Skip local repos if they don't exist
Instead of raising an exception if a local repository does
not exist, we will continue with a warning message. This is
needed for a flawless integration with the buildservice.
Inside of a buildservice environment only those repos are
setup from which packages were taken. Thus it can happen that
a configured repository does not exist in the buildservice
build environment if the resolver would not take any package
from this repository. kiwi should not fail to build such an
image
* Tue Mar 01 2016 ms@suse.com
- Avoid lvcreate to ask for wiping swap signature
When kiwi creates the logical volume for the swap space
and there is already a swap signature at the place on
disk, lvm stops and asks what to do with it. This should
be generally avoided at that stage in the boot process
Fixes (bnc#968601)
* Tue Mar 01 2016 ms@suse.com
- Calculate checksum in chunks
* Mon Feb 29 2016 ms@suse.com
- Don't prevent an oem image from a custom disk size
An oem disk ist a self expandable disk and thus it normally
doesn't make sense to specify a disk size for it. However there
are filesystems like btrfs which are very hard to precalculate
a minimum required disk space for X bytes of data. In this
situation a user should have the opportunity to specify a
size
* Mon Feb 29 2016 ms@suse.com
- Don't call dracut in background from kiwi initrd
This was useful to speedup the boot but opens a potential
race condition if a reboot happens while dracut is still
processing. With the last extension to use dracut as initrd
system people now have the choice what fits their needs
better and this allows us to revert the background call
* Mon Feb 29 2016 ms@suse.com
- Added support for using dracut initrd
As of today only the kiwi initrd could be used with an image
build. This commit adds a new initrd_system attribute and
allows to select between kiwi and dracut as initrd system.
Please note the dracut initrd does not support all features
of the kiwi initrd. This fixes #25
* Mon Feb 29 2016 ms@suse.com
- Add a feature drop list to the README
* Mon Feb 29 2016 ms@suse.com
- update MANIFEST.in due to structure changes
* Mon Feb 29 2016 ms@suse.com
- Update README
Use the real executable name for the documentation
* Mon Feb 29 2016 ms@suse.com
- Continue Refactor into subpackage
storage operations should have their own namespace
* Mon Feb 29 2016 ms@suse.com
- Continue Refactor into subpackage
container and container_setup should have their own namespace
* Mon Feb 29 2016 ms@suse.com
- Continue Refactor into subpackage
disk namespace init is not a factory, thus the Disk class should
have its own namespace. We choose disk.storage
* Mon Feb 29 2016 ms@suse.com
- Continue Refactor into subpackage
rename dformat to subformat
* Mon Feb 29 2016 ms@suse.com
- Continue Refactor into subpackage
The builder classes should have their own namespace
* Mon Feb 29 2016 ms@suse.com
- Fixed update alternative setup for kiwi completion
kiwi itself is provided as update alternative for kiwi-py3
Thus the completion should be based on kiwi-py3
* Fri Feb 26 2016 tom_schr@web.de
- Refactor into subpackage to fix #23
Codecoverage are 100% and tests are green
Changes:
* Refactor archive_*.py -> archive subpackage
* Refactor partitioner_*.py -> partitioner subpackage
* Refactor package_manager_*.py -> package_manager/ subpackage
* Refactor bootloader_config*.py -> bootloader/config/ subpackage
* Refactor bootloader_template*.py -> bootloader/template/ subpackage
* Refactor bootloader_install*.py -> bootloader/install/ subpackage
* Refactor repository*.py -> repository/ subpackage
* Refactor filesystem*.py -> filesystem/ subpackage
* Refactor dist_*.py -> dist/dformat subpackage
The name `dformat` as package name is needed to avoid any name
conflicts with the built-in function `format`.
* Refactor volume_manager*.py -> volume_manager/ subpackage
* Refactor boot_image*.py -> boot/image/ subpackage
* Fri Feb 26 2016 tom_schr@web.de
- Remove unecessary Travis requirements
* Fri Feb 26 2016 tom_schr@web.de
- Fix check target
Didn't have a basepython line, fixed strange tox error
* Fri Feb 26 2016 tom_schr@web.de
- Enhanced Contributing, add new Developing section
* Create a procedure in section Contributing
* Add new Developing section to describe how to use tox
* Fri Feb 26 2016 ms@suse.com
- Fixed device map for VolumeManagerBtrfs
The return value from get_device must be a map containing
an instance of a DeviceProvider, not only the DeviceProvider
* Fri Feb 26 2016 ms@suse.com
- Refactor use of mount/umount calls
Provide a MountManager class and handle all mount/umount
calls in instances of MountManager
* Fri Feb 26 2016 ms@suse.com
- Don't write grub.cfg to EFI directory
Originally the file was written there as reference, but nothing
will ever update that file if the real grub configuration changes.
Thus it doesn't make sense to provide this information (bnc#968270)
* Fri Feb 26 2016 dvaleev@suse.com
- Add support for POWER architecture
Implements requirements for the partition and bootloader setup
in order to build images for ppc64 architectures. Fixes #18
* Thu Feb 25 2016 ms@suse.com
- Refactor grub2 bootloader installation
Make use of grub2-install to install the bootloader
* Thu Feb 25 2016 ms@suse.com
- Changed debug log in case of failed command
Also log the stdout data from a failed command. So far we
expected error data on stderr but there are also commands
which print error messages on stdout. It should us at least
worth a debug message with this information
* Wed Feb 24 2016 toms@suse.de
- Use tox in .travis.yml, remove .travis.script
* Wed Feb 24 2016 ms@suse.com
- Fixed helper/kiwi-boot-packages
Take care for packages marked for a specific architecture
* Wed Feb 24 2016 ms@suse.com
- Delete unused helper/run-pep8
* Wed Feb 24 2016 ms@suse.com
- Adapt make flake target to changed tox target
* Wed Feb 24 2016 toms@suse.de
- Add --cover-min-percentage=100 and helper script
* Wed Feb 24 2016 ms@suse.com
- Fixed spec file for kiwi-boot-requires
The meta package for the buildservice has to require
the new python3-kiwi package
* Wed Feb 24 2016 toms@suse.de
- Use --cover-min-percentage=100 instead of coverage
* Wed Feb 24 2016 toms@suse.de
- Replace helper/coverage-check with coverage
Use --fail-under=99 option which fails for tests under 100%
* Wed Feb 24 2016 ms@suse.com
- keep packages in yum cache
* Wed Feb 24 2016 toms@suse.de
- Rename flake -> check, move spell
* Move spell target/step to doc.spell
* Call doc.spell in the doc target/step
* Rename flake to check (to make it independant of any tool)
* Wed Feb 24 2016 ms@suse.com
- Spelling fixes
* Wed Feb 24 2016 ms@suse.com
- Tox setup updates
Integrate with Makefile, delete pep8 target from Makefile,
use flake8, update travis script, delete coverage reference,
we want 100% anywhere
* Wed Feb 24 2016 ms@suse.com
- Fixed raid_device_test
The test did not mock os.path.exists and thus could fail
on systems which uses a raid system
* Wed Feb 24 2016 toms@suse.de
- Update word list
* Tue Feb 23 2016 tom_schr@web.de
- Remove empty line to avoid error message
Avoid following error message:
CRITICAL **: enchant_is_title_case: assertion `word && *word' failed
* Tue Feb 23 2016 tom_schr@web.de
- Activate personal spellchecking dictionary
* Tue Feb 23 2016 ms@suse.com
- Open travis check for all branches
* Tue Feb 23 2016 ms@suse.com
- Added kiwi-filesystem provides to spec template
The main python3-kiwi package provides support for these
filesystem image types
* Tue Feb 23 2016 toms@suse.de
- Integrated Tox
* First incarnation of tox.ini
* Extend MANIFEST.in
* Add doc/requirements.txt
* Extend conf.py with 'sphinxcontrib.spelling' extension
* Add wordlist to doc/source/spelling_wordlist.txt
* Add flake8 section in setup.cfg
* Tue Feb 23 2016 ms@suse.com
- Fixed cmdline lookup
Only check contents of cmdline if it is not None
* Tue Feb 23 2016 ms@suse.com
- No fdupes checking required anymore
* Tue Feb 23 2016 ms@suse.com
- Don't track root/usr/share/locale in boot images
The data there is now generated by the make po target
* Tue Feb 23 2016 ms@suse.com
- Fixed fuzzy i18n for en_US/LC_MESSAGES/kiwi.po
* Tue Feb 23 2016 ms@suse.com
- Added kiwi-image provides to spec template
The main python3-kiwi package provides support for these
image types.
* Tue Feb 23 2016 ms@suse.com
- Prevent any output if quiet is set
If exec >/dev/null is run before setterm clears the screen,
then "Failed to find cpu0 device node" is displayed even if
quiet is set.
* Tue Feb 23 2016 ms@suse.com
- Fixed shell syntax in grub2 template
Fixes (bnc#961334)
* Mon Feb 22 2016 ms@suse.com
- Refactor suseStripKernel
The way the method downsizes the kernel tree is wrong in
several places and very hard to read. Therefore the code
has been refactored and splitted into task methods which
can run independently from each other. As one result the
kernel tree is not missing any metadata and/or update
weak-updates paths anymore. Fixes (bnc#965830)
* Mon Feb 22 2016 ms@suse.com
- Remove flush before resize filesystem
According to the manpage, -F is flushing the fileystem buffer
caches. which is only really useful for doing resize2fs time
trials. With current Tumbleweed installed on MMC, -F triggers
a Inappropriate ioctl for device while trying to flush error,
and then fails to resize.
* Mon Feb 22 2016 ms@suse.com
- Update arm boot image descriptions
Grub2 adds 35MB to the initrd for no reason on armv6/v7, as
those images use u-boot scripts for booting.
* Mon Feb 22 2016 ms@suse.com
- Fixed checkFileSystem call
In the refactoring fc363cc, the parameters of checkFileSystem got
changed to expect the device name, but one of the invocations didn't
pass down the device name due to a typo.
* Mon Feb 22 2016 ms@novell.com
- Ignore fdasd errors
Like fdisk, fdasd also reports an error when re-reading the
partition table. But the table was written correctly so we
continue for the moment and add a debug message
* Sun Feb 21 2016 ms@suse.com
- Fixed boot image result filename
Has to follow the naming convention
* Sun Feb 21 2016 ms@suse.com
- Fixed pxe builder kernel/hypervisor target path
* Sun Feb 21 2016 ms@suse.com
- Use bytes type with hashlib
* Sun Feb 21 2016 ms@suse.com
- Refactor result bundler
instead of being clever in the result bundler we should be
more explicit when adding a result to the result instance.
Therefore the result.add method now also allows to specify
if this result should be part of a result bundle and whether
it should be placed compressed or uncompressed in this bundle
* Sun Feb 21 2016 ms@suse.com
- Added metadata rpm files to all builders
rpm packages and verification information is now added to
all builder results. Fixes #13
* Sun Feb 21 2016 tom_schr@web.de
- Fixing code smells from Landscape.io
https://landscape.io/github/SUSE/kiwi/161/messages/smell
Fixed issues:
* Unused imports
* Unused variables
* Specify string format arguments as logging function parameters
(log.warning("%s bla" % x) -> log.warning("%s bla", x)
* Sun Feb 21 2016 tom_schr@web.de
- Ignore backup files
* Sun Feb 21 2016 ms@suse.com
- Added the following system setup methods
export_rpm_package_list and export_rpm_package_verification
Used to provide rpm package metadata and verification information
for rpm based image builds
* Fri Feb 19 2016 tom_schr@web.de
- Improve doc
* Consistently use KIWI
* Fixed punctuation
* Added zypper ar for adding KIWI's OBS repo
* Fri Feb 19 2016 ms@suse.com
- Fixed unit test read return result
Unit test mocking read should return a bytes array and not
a string because that's what python3 would do in reality
* Fri Feb 19 2016 ms@suse.com
- Fixed path location in disk_format_image result
* Fri Feb 19 2016 ms@suse.com
- Fixed disk format builder
This one was missing the output image name adaptions
* Fri Feb 19 2016 ms@suse.com
- Regenerate xml_parse data structures for python3
* Fri Feb 19 2016 ms@suse.com
- Better error response in debug output
If a Command.run fails with an error code != 0 but not data was
produced on the stderr channel, we provide this as information
to the caller
* Fri Feb 19 2016 ms@suse.com
- Port kiwicompat to python 3
* Thu Feb 18 2016 ms@suse.com
- Port helper tools to python3
Also fixes completion to correctly parse the toplevel --compat option
* Thu Feb 18 2016 ms@suse.com
- Do not activate dmraid paritions
Only activate the device itself, not the partitions,
that may also exist. If partitions exist, the UDEV rules
will create the corresponding "_partX" symlinks for each
partition within "/dev/mapper, which is totally sufficient.
* Thu Feb 18 2016 ms@suse.com
- Fixed cut and paste error in spec template
correct the project Url
* Thu Feb 18 2016 ms@suse.com
- Update README
add install information for python3-devel
* Thu Feb 18 2016 ms@suse.com
- Fixed README
wrong reference to env2 where it should be env3
* Thu Feb 18 2016 ms@suse.com
- Update README
* Wed Feb 17 2016 ms@suse.com
- Update travis env to python 3.4
* Wed Feb 17 2016 ms@suse.com
- Port application from python 2.7 to 3.4
For new applications like this kiwi version and its use cases
it is better to base it on a more recent python version
* Wed Feb 17 2016 ms@suse.com
- Fixed bundling container results
Container images are already compressed, there is no need
for the bundler to do that again
* Wed Feb 17 2016 ms@suse.com
- Use pinch_system with force in any case
Deletion of packages should be done with the force flag set.
Otherwise the package manager computes a resolved list for
the deletion targets which causes other packages to be
deleted which is unwanted
* Wed Feb 17 2016 ms@suse.com
- Fixed host to image root data setup
On bind mounts check if the origin path exists on the host.
On copy check if the origin file exists on the host
* Wed Feb 17 2016 ms@suse.com
- Fixed deactivate_systemd_service
Check if the service file exists, if not there is no need
to deactivate an non existing service.
* Tue Feb 16 2016 ms@suse.com
- Use alternatives mechanism for completion file
This avoids the package conflict with the legacs kiwi version
* Tue Feb 16 2016 ms@suse.com
- Weaken kiwi-tools requirement
* Mon Feb 15 2016 ms@suse.com
- Handle 32bit Intel arch as ix86 in boot code
* Mon Feb 15 2016 ms@suse.com
- Allow building 32bit bios images
* Mon Feb 15 2016 ms@suse.com
- Delete %post from kiwi-pxeboot
We do not provide a default config file for the pxe setup anymore.
There is no good default file we can provide here because we don't
know how the user has configured a pxe image. The documentation
should explain how to setup the pxe config and infrastructure with
the help of the static data provided by the kiwi-pxeboot package
* Mon Feb 15 2016 ms@suse.com
- Don't require python-Sphinx at build time
Sphinx is not available on all platforms and required only to
build the manual pages. Thus the make build target can build
the man pages and pack the result into the source tarball
* Mon Feb 15 2016 ms@suse.com
- Don't strip ctc_configure from initrd
ctc_configure is used on s390 images
* Mon Feb 15 2016 ms@suse.com
- Added man page for result bundle command
* Mon Feb 15 2016 ms@suse.com
- Added result bundler
* Fri Feb 12 2016 ms@suse.com
- Added kiwi-boot-requires buildservice meta package
* Thu Feb 11 2016 ms@suse.com
- Delete unused .releasetags helper
Fixes #9
* Thu Feb 11 2016 ms@suse.com
- Update README
* Thu Feb 11 2016 ms@suse.com
- Update README
* Thu Feb 11 2016 ms@suse.com
- Added system update manual page
* Thu Feb 11 2016 ms@suse.com
- Create manual pages
Create man pages for result list, system build, prepare and create
* Thu Feb 11 2016 ms@suse.com
- Added pv xen drivers to boot descriptions
Beginning with SLE12 SP2 the default kernel is a pvops
capable kernel. This means it can be used in a Xen HVM full
virtual machine as well as in a PV - paravirtual machine.
However it's required to keep the paravirtual net, block
modules in the initrd. As their location also has move
an update of the boot image descriptions was necessary
* Thu Feb 11 2016 ms@suse.com
- Fixed wait message in waitFor boot functions
Better indicate for what we are waiting
* Thu Feb 11 2016 ms@suse.com
- Load xen modules by alias only
* Thu Feb 11 2016 ms@suse.com
- Fixed validation of custom root cmdline variable
A variable of the format root=LABEL=x was not correctly validated
* Thu Feb 11 2016 ms@suse.com
- Change default ec2 root_cmdline_parameter
For ec2 based firmware the value root=UUID=x is provided
instead of a static device node
* Thu Feb 11 2016 ms@suse.com
- Refactor internal boot image task
Make a factory out of the task and allow to have e.g
a dracut boot image task at a later point in time.
The BootImageBase class creates an interface for this
implementation. So far only BootImageKiwi is implemented
* Wed Feb 10 2016 ms@suse.com
- Added export_modprobe_setup method to SystemSetup
export_modprobe_setup copies the contents of etc/modprobe.d
to a specified target root directory. The method is used to
transfer the modprobe configuration from the system image
to the boot image
* Wed Feb 10 2016 ms@suse.com
- Fixed archive_builder_test
Mock platform value
* Wed Feb 10 2016 ms@suse.com
- Added compatibility information to main man page
* Wed Feb 10 2016 ms@suse.com
- Put arch and version to output image file name
* Wed Feb 10 2016 ms@suse.com
- Added quick start example to main kiwi manual page
* Tue Feb 09 2016 ms@suse.com
- Fill master manual page with content
* Tue Feb 09 2016 ms@suse.com
- Added git like command completion
Provide a 'Did you mean' log message for unclear task names
* Tue Feb 09 2016 ms@suse.com
- Update README
* Tue Feb 09 2016 ms@suse.com
- Fixed non-executable-script rpmlint warning
* Tue Feb 09 2016 ms@suse.com
- Man pages are below level 2
* Tue Feb 09 2016 ms@suse.com
- Fixed rpm-buildroot-usage rpmlint warning
* Tue Feb 09 2016 ms@suse.com
- Fixed non-executable-script rpmlint warning
* Tue Feb 09 2016 ms@suse.com
- Delete unused .md5 script
* Tue Feb 09 2016 ms@suse.com
- Fixed rpm package build
* Tue Feb 09 2016 ms@suse.com
- Fixed dracut call
Always create a generic initrd, don't pass -H
* Tue Feb 09 2016 ms@suse.com
- Fixed custom args setup for vmdk format
custom args is a hash with option/value pairs. For vmdk the option
could be e.g adapter_type=value and the value is None. This is by
intention because qemu which receives those type of options allows
only the syntax "-o option=value". The kiwi code setting up the
options did not check correctly if there really is a value for
e.g adapter_type
* Tue Feb 09 2016 ms@suse.com
- Allow alternative locations for grub installation
Different distributions install grub2 to different places.
Therefore kiwi should not use a fixed location but allow
to lookup grub data at several places
* Tue Feb 09 2016 ms@novell.com
- Fixed unit test for fix_boot_catalog on big endian
* Tue Feb 09 2016 ms@suse.com
- Fixed unit test for fix_boot_catalog on big endian
* Sun Feb 07 2016 ms@suse.com
- Make sure to cleanup yum requests after processing
* Sun Feb 07 2016 ms@suse.com
- Fixed CommandIterator
check for output before sending an iteration stop
* Sun Feb 07 2016 ms@suse.com
- Fixed stateful copy of repository section
Profiles are not copied because they might not exist in
the target description
* Sun Feb 07 2016 ms@suse.com
- Fixed host to root path patcher
Don't be confused by multiple /'es
* Sun Feb 07 2016 ms@suse.com
- Added support for yum package manager
* Sun Feb 07 2016 ms@suse.com
- Fixed use of iso mounted repositories
When using an iso as repo, kiwi mounts it to a temporary
location. The location is different for each build and
therefore the zypper repo file needs to be recreated for
any new build in this situation
* Sun Feb 07 2016 ms@suse.com
- Check if config file exists
Before updating a config file, check if it exists. If
it is not present skip the configuration and print a
warning message
* Sat Feb 06 2016 ms@suse.com
- Added yum repository support
* Sat Feb 06 2016 ms@suse.com
- Make man install target more stable
* Sat Feb 06 2016 ms@suse.com
- Update source manifest
include only doc Makefile and source, the pages are
build at build time
* Sat Feb 06 2016 ms@suse.com
- Include installation of man pages to spec file
* Sat Feb 06 2016 ms@suse.com
- Added man page templates for all commands
* Fri Feb 05 2016 ms@suse.com
- Added man page templates
Added template for master page and result_list
* Fri Feb 05 2016 ms@suse.com
- Added initial sphinx documentation structure
The documentation will cover kiwi manual pages. more detailed
documentation will be written and maintained in colaboration
with the documentation department
* Fri Feb 05 2016 ms@suse.com
- Fixed use of noglob shell option
* Thu Feb 04 2016 ms@suse.com
- Added support for kiwi --compat
The --compat call will trigger the call of the kiwicompat
tool written to support legacy kiwi commandlines. An example
could look like the following call:
sudo kiwi --compat -- --build /my/description --type vmx -d /my/dest
Please be aware the -- is required to tell docopt to treat all
options as parameters
* Wed Feb 03 2016 ms@suse.com
- Prevent duplicate error logging
* Wed Feb 03 2016 ms@suse.com
- Refactor CommandProcess class
Use an iterator class to run through the process. implement
poll variants explicit and clear structured
* Wed Feb 03 2016 ms@suse.com
- Fixed updateRootDeviceFstab
Support by-label mount entries for btrfs subvolumes
This fixes bnc#964474
* Wed Feb 03 2016 ms@suse.com
- Add kiwicompat to Makefile build and install target
* Wed Feb 03 2016 ms@suse.com
- Update README
* Wed Feb 03 2016 ms@suse.com
- Update README
* Wed Feb 03 2016 ms@suse.com
- Bump version: 8.10.0 → 8.10.1
* Tue Feb 02 2016 ms@suse.com
- Prepare for package building
* Tue Feb 02 2016 ms@suse.com
- Follow up fix for fstab setup
Use the system installed fstab as default if present
* Tue Feb 02 2016 ms@suse.com
- Support building in buildservice worker
The repo setup inside of a buildservice worker uses a static
path below /usr/src/packages/SOURCES/repos/. We need to adapt
the provided obs uri type to match this criteria
* Tue Feb 02 2016 ms@suse.com
- Don't add kernel filesystems to fstab
Systems with systemd which this kiwi version aims for, doesn't
need proc, sysfs, debugfs and friends to be part of the fstab
This fixes bnc#964472
* Fri Jan 29 2016 ms@suse.com
- Fixed btrfs build with snapshots
* Fri Jan 29 2016 ms@suse.com
- Allow system to be installed on btrfs snapshot
This fixes (bnc#946648)
* Fri Jan 29 2016 ms@suse.com
- Put kiwi_btrfs_root_is_snapshot to boot profile
* Fri Jan 29 2016 ms@suse.com
- Recompile schema and data structures
New attribute btrfs_root_is_snapshot and methods
* Wed Jan 27 2016 ms@suse.com
- Evaluate kiwi_btrfs_root_is_snapshot in boot code
If set it's required to mount the subvolumes like it is
done with lvm volumes. In addition this patch fixes the
update of the fstab file which has to contain an entry
for each subvolume excluding snapshots and the toplevel
This is related to (bnc#946648)
* Wed Jan 27 2016 ms@suse.com
- Added btrfs_root_is_snapshot attribute
This is related to (bnc#946648)
* Wed Jan 27 2016 ms@suse.com
- Added fix_boot_catalog and relocate_boot_catalog
* Tue Jan 26 2016 ms@suse.com
- Prevent duplicate validation of cmdline
* Tue Jan 26 2016 ms@suse.com
- Fixed grub2 xen guest bootloader config
* Mon Jan 25 2016 ms@suse.com
- More modules not present for grub2/x86_64-xen
* Mon Jan 25 2016 ms@suse.com
- There is no multiboot module for grub2/x86_64-xen
* Mon Jan 25 2016 ms@suse.com
- Make sure get_partition_table_type returns a value
* Mon Jan 25 2016 ms@suse.com
- Use bash to call config scripts
* Mon Jan 25 2016 ms@suse.com
- Fixed regular expression pattern
use re.escape to make sure the search string has special regular
expression characters quoted correctly
* Mon Jan 25 2016 ms@suse.com
- Added support for using internal build service
An option --obs-repo-internal was added
* Mon Jan 25 2016 ms@suse.com
- Add support for alternative config file *.kiwi
* Mon Jan 25 2016 ms@suse.com
- Allow to build directly from buildservice checkout
* Mon Jan 25 2016 ms@suse.com
- Fix misleading variable name
* Mon Jan 25 2016 ms@suse.com
- Move default boot timeout to Defaults class
* Mon Jan 25 2016 ms@novell.com
- Fixed boot exclude for zipl case
* Mon Jan 25 2016 ms@novell.com
- Fixed zipl bootloader setup and install
quote special characters in title for menu. refactor the
zipl bootloader install class to know about the boot partition
device node
* Mon Jan 25 2016 ms@novell.com
- Added title quoting method for older loaders
* Mon Jan 25 2016 ms@novell.com
- Move VTOC creation into Disk class
* Mon Jan 25 2016 ms@novell.com
- Fixed missing setup_disk_boot_images for zipl
The interface class implements this with a raise condition
by default. For zipl no bootloader images needs to be created
Thus implement the method and pass
* Mon Jan 25 2016 ms@novell.com
- Fixed typo in list assignment
* Mon Jan 25 2016 ms@novell.com
- Fixed LoopDevice class
custom blocksize value must be passed as string to the
command level not as integer
* Mon Jan 25 2016 ms@novell.com
- Platform fixes for XML tests
* Mon Jan 25 2016 ms@suse.com
- Platform endian fix for vhd tag test
* Mon Jan 25 2016 ms@novell.com
- Platform fixes for unit tests
* Mon Jan 25 2016 ms@suse.com
- Platform mock for grub2 bootloader tests
* Mon Jan 25 2016 ms@suse.com
- Platform mock for grub2 bootloader tests
* Sun Jan 24 2016 ms@suse.com
- Added BootLoaderInstallZipl class
* Sun Jan 24 2016 ms@suse.com
- Activate zipl bootloader config in factory class
* Fri Jan 22 2016 ms@suse.com
- Finished BootLoaderConfigZipl class and tests
* Fri Jan 22 2016 ms@suse.com
- Delete unused patch statement from test
* Thu Jan 21 2016 ms@suse.com
- Added BootLoaderConfigZipl class
The implementation is still unfinished
* Thu Jan 21 2016 ms@suse.com
- Pass the disk device to the bootloader config
As a custom option the BootLoaderConfig instance now
receives the target disk device node. So far this is only
used in the zipl case where it is needed which is the
reason why it is kept as a custom argument
* Thu Jan 21 2016 ms@suse.com
- Allow custom options for bootloader config classes
* Thu Jan 21 2016 ms@suse.com
- Added zipl bootloader template
* Wed Jan 20 2016 ms@suse.com
- Added partitioner_dasd for s390
* Wed Jan 20 2016 ms@suse.com
- Refactor Firmware class
more information from the XML description is needed in order
to make e.g decisions about the partition table type to use
according to the firmware setup in combination with e.g the
target loader type on s390. Thus the class now receives an
instance of the XML state and not only the firmware attribute
value
* Wed Jan 20 2016 ms@suse.com
- Disable setup of hwclock
hwclock seems not exist on all supported architectures. In addition
the build process should not fiddle with the build host hardware
clock
* Wed Jan 20 2016 ms@suse.com
- No need for a condition if there is no alternative
* Wed Jan 20 2016 ms@suse.com
- No need for a condition if there is no alternative
* Wed Jan 20 2016 ms@suse.com
- Use 800x600 default for grub2 gfxmode
* Wed Jan 20 2016 ms@suse.com
- Close progress line with CR when finished
* Wed Jan 20 2016 ms@suse.com
- Added ImageBuilder factory
* Tue Jan 19 2016 ms@suse.com
- Added system build command
Allows to combine prepare and create into one big task
* Tue Jan 19 2016 ms@suse.com
- Better error message for pickle exceptions
There is no meaningfull error message for pickle.load
exceptions. Thus only provide the exception type and our
own message
* Tue Jan 19 2016 ms@suse.com
- Use pickle instead of marshal
* Tue Jan 19 2016 ms@suse.com
- Fixes for the container builder
in the setup if the files to update do not exist the process
failed. This patch adds a check prior to changing the file
* Tue Jan 19 2016 ms@suse.com
- Make sure the create task creates the target dir
* Tue Jan 19 2016 ms@suse.com
- Fixed result object dump
marshal.dump requires an open file object not a filename
* Tue Jan 19 2016 ms@suse.com
- Added ContainerBuilder
currently supports building of docker containers
* Tue Jan 19 2016 ms@suse.com
- Added ContainerImage class
Factory plus implementation for docker
* Tue Jan 19 2016 ms@suse.com
- Refactor variable name for root directory
If it is clear the source directory is the root directory of
the image the variable should be named root_dir not source_dir
* Mon Jan 18 2016 ms@suse.com
- Fixing landscape issues
* Mon Jan 18 2016 ms@suse.com
- Added ContainerSetup classes
Base and Factory plus implementation for docker
* Fri Jan 15 2016 ms@suse.com
- Refactor user/groups setup
Provide an easier to travers data type in xml_state for the
user and groups. The get_users() method returns a list of
tuples which assigns each user list the group name and id
it belongs to
* Fri Jan 15 2016 ms@suse.com
- Use normpath to avoid double slash in output
* Fri Jan 15 2016 ms@suse.com
- Added kiwi result task
Implementing 'kiwi result list' which marshal loads the
serialized result instance from a previous build and shows
the build results
* Fri Jan 15 2016 ms@suse.com
- Dump the result instance as a marshal dump
* Thu Jan 14 2016 ms@suse.com
- Add clic as supported live media build target
* Thu Jan 14 2016 ms@suse.com
- Added FileSystemClicFs class
* Wed Jan 13 2016 ms@suse.com
- Fixed contents of header_end block
off by one bug
* Wed Jan 13 2016 ms@suse.com
- Finished LiveImageBuilder for overlay iso type
* Wed Jan 13 2016 ms@suse.com
- Added check if UDF extension is needed or not
* Wed Jan 13 2016 ms@suse.com
- Put supported live image iso types into defaults
* Wed Jan 13 2016 ms@suse.com
- Added live ISO grub2 efi template and setup
* Wed Jan 13 2016 ms@suse.com
- pep8 fixes
* Tue Jan 12 2016 ms@suse.com
- Rebuild schema and data structures
* Tue Jan 12 2016 ms@suse.com
- Allow xfs as hybrid RW file system
* Tue Jan 12 2016 ms@suse.com
- Continue with LiveImageBuilder class
Added isolinux bootloader setup, finished live build procedure
Live metadata injection still missing. grub2 efi boot for live
image still missing
* Tue Jan 12 2016 ms@suse.com
- Don't use filesystem specific mount option
When mounting the read write filesystem, prevent using
filesystem specific options like barrier
* Tue Jan 12 2016 ms@suse.com
- Use HYBRID_EXT4_OPTS in fat container filesystem
* Tue Jan 12 2016 ms@suse.com
- Check read write filesystem prior to mounting
If a filesystem type could be identified on the read write
partition check it before mounting to eliminate a potential
dirty state
* Tue Jan 12 2016 ms@suse.com
- Cascade exfat mount
try normal mount first, if this does not work try fuse mount
Normally this is done automatically by the mount program but
if not we will give the direct fuse mount a chance
* Tue Jan 12 2016 ms@suse.com
- Fixed Makefile target to build data structures
A change in kiwi/schema/kiwi.rnc triggers the build of the
schema rng version as well as an auto update of the data
structures via python's generateDS. The intermediate xsd
schema format is only relevant for the data structure
creation process
* Mon Jan 11 2016 ms@suse.com
- Make createFileSystem more robust
When passing in a loop file instead of a device name, the method
should be smart enough to handle the name without shell evaluation
* Mon Jan 11 2016 ms@suse.com
- Added support for exfat as hybrid filesystem
In addition to fat also exfat is now supported as persistent
write filesystem. Because of the limitations of a fat filesystem
fat and exfat are only used as a container filesystem providing
an ext4 linux filesystem as a cowfile. The algorithm to create
the size of the cow file has also been changed to use half of
the size of the write partition or on fat a max size of 4G.
The size of the cowfile is also prepared to become overwritten.
However the XML definition and implementation to do this
is still missing
* Mon Jan 11 2016 ms@suse.com
- Reread partition table after hybrid setup
The hybrid write partition is created via fdisk. Some version
of fdisk does not send the ioctl to let the kernel reread the
table or fdisk itself holds it busy. Thus we actively initiate
a reread via blockdev
* Mon Jan 11 2016 ms@suse.com
- Optimize ext4 hybrid write filesystem options
Optimized for 512kB erase block size
* Mon Jan 11 2016 ms@suse.com
- Use mount options to increase overlay performace
For overlay filesystems not writing into a tmpfs performance is
more important than safety. We use this combination of options
for now, if you encounter stability problems please let us know
* Mon Jan 11 2016 ms@suse.com
- Use -f force option for extX filesystem checker
* Mon Jan 11 2016 ms@suse.com
- Refactor and cleanup setupReadWrite
Fix misleading error message and refactor the code to be less
complex and more clear in the processing of tasks
* Mon Jan 11 2016 ms@suse.com
- Allow custom cowfile name for persistent data
Instead of a fixed name 'cowfile' we allow a custom name which is
predefined in HYBRID_PERSISTENT_FILENAME and prepared to become
overwritten by an XML defintion whose implementation will follow
later. Reason for the change is that a cowfile is visible as
plain data file to the operating system if e.g used on a live
stick. It should be more clear to the user what this file is
good for
* Mon Jan 11 2016 ms@suse.com
- Protect mkfs.exfat from being deleted
Added to the strip tools section in order to keep it in the initrd
* Mon Jan 11 2016 ms@suse.com
- Added support for exfat creation and probing
In preparation to use exfat instead of vfat in a loop container
for persistent data it's required to provide support for mkfs.exfat
* Mon Jan 11 2016 ms@suse.com
- Make loop_setup and loop_delete more robust
The methods did not cope well with filenames containing bash
characters with special meaning e.g spaces. For use with a
iso hybrid cowfile whose name is visible in the OS the methods
should be able to work with any given filename
* Sun Jan 10 2016 ms@suse.com
- Started with LiveImageBuilder class
Added interface and required steps. tests and implementation
are missing and will follow
* Sun Jan 10 2016 ms@suse.com
- Added archive builder
* Sat Jan 09 2016 ms@suse.com
- Added repo handling to compat caller
Also added process execution with translated arguments
* Fri Jan 08 2016 ms@suse.com
- Add compat translation for prepare/create/upgrade
* Tue Jan 05 2016 ms@suse.com
- Added kiwicompat to support legacy commandline
* Tue Jan 05 2016 ms@suse.com
- Added install pxe archive support
* Tue Jan 05 2016 ms@suse.com
- Added warning message if pxedeploy section is used
At the moment there is no class to build the pxe client config
file from information provided with the optional pxedeploy
section. However this is not fatal to the build because the file
could be created manually too. Thus a warning message is shown
which will go away when the pxe client config file creation
has been ported
* Tue Jan 05 2016 ms@suse.com
- cleanup test data to be consistent
* Tue Jan 05 2016 ms@suse.com
- Added recovery setup
* Mon Jan 04 2016 ms@suse.com
- Added DiskFormatGce class implementation
* Mon Jan 04 2016 ms@suse.com
- Fixed suffix name for compressed archives
* Sat Jan 02 2016 ms@suse.com
- Added creation of gnu and xz archives to tar class
* Sat Jan 02 2016 ms@suse.com
- Refactor result collection
Put the creation of a result object into the builder classes
and return them from there. The builder instances knows about
the results not the task instances
* Fri Jan 01 2016 ms@suse.com
- Fixed option handling for vmdk format
* Fri Jan 01 2016 ms@suse.com
- Activate disk format building in disk builder
If disk format and install media is configured together only
the install media will be built and a warning message for
skipping the disk format is shown
* Fri Jan 01 2016 ms@suse.com
- Added custom argument handling for disk formats
* Fri Jan 01 2016 ms@suse.com
- Added DiskFormat factory
* Fri Jan 01 2016 ms@suse.com
- Added DiskFormatVmdk class implementation
* Tue Dec 29 2015 ms@suse.com
- pep8 fixes
* Tue Dec 29 2015 ms@suse.com
- Added DiskFormatVhdFixed class implementation
* Tue Dec 29 2015 ms@suse.com
- Delete unused test data symlinks
* Wed Dec 23 2015 ms@suse.com
- Added DiskFormatVhd class implementation
* Wed Dec 23 2015 ms@suse.com
- Added DiskFormat base class
Also added implementation for DiskFormatQcow2.
More format classes will follow next
* Wed Dec 23 2015 ms@suse.com
- Fixed import of kernel parameters including spaces
Kernel parameters like PRODUCT_TYPE=“PRODUCT BANANA” breaks
the code in includeKernelParameters. This patch allows spaces
for values in a way that it replaces the embedded whitespace
with \030 before parsing and then reverting after parsing.
Thanks to Jay Nitikman for providing the patch
* Tue Dec 22 2015 ms@suse.com
- Fixed LUKS setup for dracut
The system image has to provide /etc/crypttab to allow dracut
to create a working initrd for reboot. In addition the name
of the luks map must be 'luks' to make dracut happy.
* Tue Dec 22 2015 ms@suse.com
- luks setup triggers boot partition by default
* Tue Dec 22 2015 ms@suse.com
- Add LuksDevice class and implementation
Also implemented luks support in DiskBuilder
* Tue Dec 22 2015 ms@suse.com
- Handle /boot/vc files for Raspberry Pi
openSUSE Tumbleweed raspberrypi-firmware[-branding-openSUSE] packages
have been updated to install files to /boot/vc rather than /boot.
Ensure that all files in /boot/vc are provided in image/loader for
further reference
* Tue Dec 22 2015 ms@suse.com
- Refactor file system check in boot code
* Mon Dec 21 2015 ms@suse.com
- Make sure VolumeManager instance updates root map
An instance of volume manager could cause the creation of a new
device e.g in case of LVM. The master device map in the disk
builder has to be updated with this device
* Mon Dec 21 2015 ms@suse.com
- Fixed unconditional lookup of boot partition id
* Mon Dec 21 2015 ms@suse.com
- Package check for packages marked for deletion
If none of the packages to become deleted are installed we
will raise an error, basically to force people to fixup the
image description
* Mon Dec 21 2015 ms@suse.com
- Better error message for call with unknown command
If kiwi is called with an unknown command an error message
showing which commands actually exists should be shown
* Mon Dec 21 2015 ms@suse.com
- Fixed user group creation
The command name is groupadd not addgroup
* Mon Dec 21 2015 ms@suse.com
- Fixed label and UUID support for XFS creation
* Mon Dec 21 2015 ms@suse.com
- Traverse dictionary in ordered mode
* Mon Dec 21 2015 ms@suse.com
- Return sorted lists for packages/archives
* Mon Dec 21 2015 ms@suse.com
- Traverse dictionary in ordered mode
* Mon Dec 21 2015 ms@suse.com
- Traverse dictionary in ordered mode
* Mon Dec 21 2015 ms@suse.com
- Traverse dictionary in ordered mode
* Fri Dec 18 2015 ms@suse.com
- Added __githash__ to version.py
Any time the version.py is changed and committed the git ident
will be reset by git. After a checkout of version.py the ident
will be updated in version.py to the git commit id of version.py
Whenever we relase a new kiwi version the process is as follows:
1. run bumpversion to set the version for the release
2. run tox to create the source tarball for the release
We have to make sure tox calls a git checkout of
version.py
* Thu Dec 17 2015 ms@suse.com
- Consolidate use of Makefiles for schema conversion
As we are going to switch to tox the Makefile setup should be
cleaned up. The make targets to build xsd and rng schemas has
been moved to the master Makefile
* Thu Dec 17 2015 ms@suse.com
- Consolidate use of Makefiles for locale setup
As we are going to switch to tox the Makefile setup should be
cleaned up. The make targets to handle po files and their
installation has now been moved to the master Makefile
* Thu Dec 17 2015 ms@suse.com
- Update translation po files with template
* Thu Dec 17 2015 ms@suse.com
- Consolidate use of Makefiles for compiling tools
As we are going to switch to tox the Makefile setup should be
cleaned up. I'm going to move the various places and its tasks
into one master Makefile to make it easier to move the targets
one after the other into a tox setup.
* Thu Dec 17 2015 ms@suse.com
- Refactor source code structure
All files referenced by kiwi should live below the kiwi
namespace and should be referenced by the resource_filename()
method from the pkg_resources
* Wed Dec 16 2015 ms@suse.com
- Update exclude list for boot image runtime data
There are some directories needed during boot image creation
time, e.g grub2 modules to create grub images. But at boot
time this data is no longer required and would just waste
space in the initrd
* Wed Dec 16 2015 ms@suse.com
- Delete dracut from boot images
dracut is needed in the system and also called from there
by the kiwi boot image, but inside of the boot image it is
not needed and just wastes space
* Wed Dec 16 2015 ms@suse.com
- Add some paths not needed in the boot image
* Wed Dec 16 2015 ms@suse.com
- Added boot messages translations
* Wed Dec 16 2015 ms@suse.com
- Exclude /image from boot images
* Wed Dec 16 2015 ms@suse.com
- Change default boot image description path
Let the default boot image description path point to boot/arch
* Wed Dec 16 2015 ms@suse.com
- Make sure the boot image profile provides its name
The variable kiwi_initrdname was added to the .profile
environment for boot image builds
* Wed Dec 16 2015 ms@suse.com
- Update boot image functions
Delete a lot of legacy code from the bash boot code
* Wed Dec 16 2015 ms@suse.com
- Added boot image descriptions
Provide boot(initrd) image descriptions for supported
architectures and distributions
* Tue Dec 15 2015 ms@suse.com
- Fixed unit tests, mock NamedTemporaryFile
* Tue Dec 15 2015 ms@suse.com
- Added coverage to developer requirements
* Tue Dec 15 2015 toms@suse.de
- Use "next generation" string
To distinguish it between old and new KIWI
* Tue Dec 15 2015 toms@suse.de
- Review and add corrections
* Consistent spelling: kiwi -> KIWI, python -> Python
* Add punctuation
* Use backticks for scripts and dirs
* Tue Dec 15 2015 ms@suse.com
- Update development status to be inline with setup.py
* Tue Dec 15 2015 ms@suse.com
- Deleted no longer needed bin/kiwi script
* Tue Dec 15 2015 ms@suse.com
- Update README
Added developer information how to contribute
* Tue Dec 15 2015 ms@suse.com
- Minor changes in virtualenv setup file names
Moved the requirements.txt setup files into a namespace
called .virtualenv in order to stay compatible with the
.travis requirement files
* Tue Dec 15 2015 ms@suse.com
- Update development status in setup.py
* Mon Dec 14 2015 tom_schr@web.de
- Fix #5: Improve setup.py
* setup.py:
- use setuptools always, no need to check for distutils
- include keywords 'include_package_data', 'zip_safe', and 'classifiers'
* setup.cfg:
- add bdist_wheel and sdist section
* Add missing MANIFEST.in (needed for setup.py dist)
* Remove executable bit for LICENSE and README.md
* Mon Dec 14 2015 tom_schr@web.de
- Fix #3: Requirement for Virtual Envs
* Add requirements.txt and dev-requirements.txt
The dev-requirements.txt installs requirements.txt automatically
* Ignore .env, .env2, and .env3 virtual env directories
* Mon Dec 14 2015 tom_schr@web.de
- Fix #4: support bumpversion with .bumpversion.cfg
* Mon Dec 14 2015 ms@suse.com
- Added RaidDevice class
implementation in disk_builder
* Fri Dec 11 2015 ms@suse.com
- Fixed hybrid call
offset number should be passed as string to Command
* Fri Dec 11 2015 toms@suse.de
__VERSION__ -> __version__
* Fri Dec 11 2015 toms@suse.de
- Rename __VERSION__ -> __version__
* Thu Dec 10 2015 ms@suse.com
- Added hybrid ISO setup
* Thu Dec 10 2015 ms@suse.com
- Refactor creation of a PackageManager factory
* Thu Dec 10 2015 ms@suse.com
- Refactor creation of a Repository factory
* Thu Dec 10 2015 ms@suse.com
- Refactor creation of a BootLoaderInstall factory
* Thu Dec 10 2015 ms@suse.com
- Refactor creation of a VolumeManager factory
* Thu Dec 10 2015 ms@suse.com
- Refactor creation of a BootLoaderConfig factory
* Thu Dec 10 2015 ms@suse.com
- Refactor creation of a Partitioner factory
* Thu Dec 10 2015 ms@suse.com
- Refactor creation of a FileSystem factory
* Thu Dec 10 2015 ms@suse.com
- Fixed travis setup
* Thu Dec 10 2015 ms@suse.com
- Refactor InstallImageBuilder
no need to provide the name of the disk image, this
information can be created from the xml state
* Thu Dec 10 2015 ms@suse.com
- Fixed missing md5 file on install media
* Wed Dec 09 2015 ms@suse.com
- Travis testing needs cdrtools for isoinfo
* Wed Dec 09 2015 ms@suse.com
- Added two pass ISO creation system
The kiwi ISO's are prepared to be hybrid by adding an
end header block so that isohybrid can place its gpt
header at the correct offset address
* Wed Dec 09 2015 ms@suse.com
- Added user log messages for install media builder
* Wed Dec 09 2015 ms@suse.com
- Fixed grub bootloader template for install case
Template was missing the cdinst option
* Wed Dec 09 2015 ms@suse.com
- Added create_header_end_block method in Iso class
* Wed Dec 09 2015 ms@suse.com
- Added isols method in Iso class
* Wed Dec 09 2015 ms@suse.com
- Fixed ui theme setup in isolinux.cfg
* Wed Dec 09 2015 ms@suse.com
- Added isolinux bootloader support
* Mon Dec 07 2015 ms@suse.com
- Prevent zypper failing on outdated system solvable
* Sun Dec 06 2015 ms@suse.com
- landscape: fix unused imports
* Sun Dec 06 2015 ms@suse.com
- Refactor boot data extraction from boot image
Allow data extraction multiple times, don't move files
away from their original location
* Sat Dec 05 2015 ms@suse.com
- landscape: fix unused imports
* Sat Dec 05 2015 ms@suse.com
- landscape: fix unused variables
* Sat Dec 05 2015 ms@suse.com
- Add debug message for repo cleanup
* Sat Dec 05 2015 ms@suse.com
- landscape: fix unused variables
* Sat Dec 05 2015 ms@suse.com
- landscape: fix unused imports
* Sat Dec 05 2015 ms@suse.com
- landscape: fix dangerous defaults
* Sat Dec 05 2015 ms@suse.com
- landscape: fix dangerous defaults
* Sat Dec 05 2015 ms@suse.com
- Added landscap config file
skip checking auto generated code
* Sat Dec 05 2015 ms@suse.com
- Update README
* Sat Dec 05 2015 ms@suse.com
- Set naster branch for travis setup
* Sat Dec 05 2015 ms@suse.com
- Update README
* Sat Dec 05 2015 ms@suse.com
- Update README
Travis and Landscape status
* Sat Dec 05 2015 ms@suse.com
- Update README
* Sat Dec 05 2015 ms@suse.com
- Update README
/usr/lib/dracut/modules.d/90kiwi-overlay /usr/lib/dracut/modules.d/90kiwi-overlay/kiwi-generator.sh /usr/lib/dracut/modules.d/90kiwi-overlay/kiwi-overlay-root.sh /usr/lib/dracut/modules.d/90kiwi-overlay/module-setup.sh /usr/lib/dracut/modules.d/90kiwi-overlay/parse-kiwi-overlay.sh
Generated by rpm2html 1.8.1
Fabrice Bellet, Tue Jul 9 12:46:04 2024